.

variables: src_sb_no_link, dst_sb_no_link.

GNUmakefile

@@ -25,3 +25,8 @@ all:
 	@exit 1
 
 endif
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.  This is necessary in case someone tries to
+# build multiple targets on one command line.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

Makefile.maint

@@ -11,10 +11,15 @@ maintainer-check:
 	$(MAKE) distcheck
 	$(MAKE) my-distcheck
 
-prev-version := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr a-z Xa-y)
+prev_version_file = .prev-version
+
+THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
+PREV_VERSION := $(shell cat $(prev_version_file))
+PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
+
 tag-package = $(shell echo "$(PACKAGE)" | tr a-z A-Z)
 tag-this-version = $(subst .,_,$(VERSION))
-tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(prev-version))
+tag-prev-version = $(subst .,_,$(PREV_VERSION))
 this-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-this-version)
 prev-cvs-tag = $(tag-package)-$(tag-prev-version)
 
@@ -25,6 +30,9 @@ po-check:
 	diff -u $@-1 $@-2
 	rm -f $@-1 $@-2
 
+# Do not save the original name or timestamp in the .tar.gz file.
+GZIP_ENV = --no-name
+
 # Tag before making distribution.  Also, don't make a distribution if
 # checks fail.  Also, make sure the NEWS file is up-to-date.
 # FIXME: use dist-hook/my-dist like distcheck-hook/my-distcheck.
@@ -70,25 +78,20 @@ my-distcheck: writable-files po-check
 	echo "$(distdir).tar.gz is ready for distribution"; \
 	echo "========================"
 
-THIS_VERSION_REGEXP = $(subst .,\.,$(VERSION))
-# FIXME: this works only for Gnits-style test releases.
-PREV_VERSION := $(shell echo $(VERSION)|tr b-z a-y|sed 's/a$$//')
-PREV_VERSION_REGEXP := $(shell echo $(PREV_VERSION)|sed 's/\./\\./g')
-v = Version
-
 a_host = alpha.gnu.org
-b_host = tug.org
+b_host = freefriends.org
 
 alpha_subdir = gnu/fetish
 a_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 b_url_dir = $(alpha_subdir)
 
 a_real_dir = /fs/share/ftp/$(alpha_subdir)
-b_real_dir = /home/ftp/pub/$(alpha_subdir)
+b_real_dir = fetish-ftp
 
 url_dir_list = $(foreach x,a b,ftp://$($(x)_host)/$($(x)_url_dir))
 
 md5 = $(shell md5sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
+sha1 = $(shell sha1sum < $(distdir).tar.gz|sed 's/  -//')
 
 rel-check:
 	tarz=/tmp/rel-check-tarz-$$$$; \
@@ -119,17 +122,20 @@ announcement: NEWS ChangeLog $(distdir).tar.gz
 	    echo "  $$url/$(xd-delta)"; \
 	  done; \
 	  echo; \
+	  echo "Here are the MD5 and SHA1 signatures for the .tar.gz file"; \
+	  echo; \
 	  echo "$(md5)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
+	  echo "$(sha1)  $(distdir).tar.gz"; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo NEWS:; \
-	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
+	  sed -n "/$(THIS_VERSION_REGEXP)/,/^\[$(PREV_VERSION_REGEXP)/p" NEWS \
 	    | grep -v '^\['; \
 	  echo; \
 	  echo ChangeLog entries:; \
-	  find . -name ChangeLog \
+	  find . -name ChangeLog -maxdepth 2 \
 	    | xargs cvs diff -up -r$(prev-cvs-tag) -rHEAD \
 	    | sed -n 's/^+//p' \
-	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;'	\
+	    | perl -ne 'm!^\+\+ (\./)?! or print,next;' \
 	      -e 'print "\n"."*"x70 ."\n"; s///; print; print "*"x70 ."\n"'; \
 	)
 
@@ -162,9 +168,11 @@ alpha: writable-files po-check
 	  && xdelta delta -9 $(prev-tgz) $(distdir).tar.gz $(xd-delta) || :
 	ln $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta) .
 	chmod a-w $(release-archive-dir)/$(xd-delta)
+	echo $(VERSION) > $(prev_version_file)
+	cvs ci -m. $(prev_version_file)
 	@echo =====================================
 	@echo =====================================
-	@echo 'scp $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
+	@echo 'rsync -e ssh --pro -av $(xd-delta) $(distdir).tar.gz \'
 	@echo '  $(b_host):$(b_real_dir)'
 	@echo '# send the /tmp/announcement e-mail'
 	@echo =====================================

THANKS

@@ -14,8 +14,10 @@ Alan Iwi                            iwi@atm.ox.ac.uk
 Alberto Accomazzi                   alberto@cfa0.harvard.edu
 aldomel                             aldomel@ix.netcom.com
 Alen Muzinic                        zveki@fly.cc.fer.hr
+Alexandre Duret-Lutz                duret_g@epita.fr
 Alexey Solovyov                     alekso@math.uu.se
 Andre Novaes Cunha                  Andre.Cunha@br.global-one.net
+Andreas Gruenbacher                 ag@bestbits.at
 Andreas Jaeger                      jaeger@gnu.org
 Andreas Luik                        luik@isa.de
 Andreas Schwab                      schwab@suse.de
@@ -26,6 +28,7 @@ Andrew Dalke                        dalke@bioreason.com
 Andrew Tridgell                     tridge@samba.org
 Andries Brouwer                     Andries.Brouwer@cwi.nl
 Andy Longton                        alongton@metamark.com
+Antonio Rendas                      ajrendas@yahoo.com
 Ariel Faigon                        ariel@cthulhu.engr.sgi.com
 Arne H. Juul                        arnej@solan.unit.no
 Arne Henrik Juul                    arnej@imf.unit.no
@@ -50,15 +53,18 @@ Carlos Canau                        Carlos.Canau@relay.puug.pt
 Charles Karney                      karney@pppl.gov
 Charles Randall                     crandall@matchlogic.com
 Chip Salzenberg                     chip@valinux.com
+Chris Sylvain                       csylvain@umm.edu
 Chris Yeo                           cyeo@biking.org
 Christi Alice Scarborough           christi@chiark.greenend.org.uk
-Christian Krackowizer               kra1@technodat.co.at
+Christian Krackowizer               ckrackowiz@std.schuler-ag.com
+Christian Rose                      menthos@menthos.com
 Christian von Roques                roques@pond.sub.org
 Chuck Hedrick                       hedrick@klinzhai.rutgers.edu
 Clark Morgan                        cmorgan@aracnet.com
 Colin Plumb                         colin@nyx.net
 Collin Rogowski                     collin@rogowski.de
 Dan Hagerty                         hag@gnu.ai.it.edu
+Dan Pascu                           dan@services.iiruc.ro
 Daniel Bergstrom                    noa@melody.se
 David Dyck                          dcd@tc.fluke.COM
 David Godfrey                       dave@delta.demon.co.uk
@@ -73,7 +79,7 @@ Doug McLaren                        dougmc@comco.com
 Dragos Harabor                      dharabor@us.oracle.com
 Ed Avis                             epa98@doc.ic.ac.uk
 Edzer Pebesma                       Edzer.Pebesma@rivm.nl
-Eirik Fuller                        eirik@netcom.com
+Eirik Fuller                        eirik@hackrat.com
 Eivind                              eivindt@multinet.no
 Eli Zaretskii                       eliz@is.elta.co.il
 Emile LeBlanc                       leblanc@math.toronto.edu
@@ -118,6 +124,8 @@ James Sneeringer                    jvs@ocslink.com
 James Tanis                         jtt@soscorp.com
 James Youngman                      james+usenet@free-lunch.demon.co.uk
 Jamie Lokier                        jamie@imbolc.ucc.ie
+Jan Fedak                           J.Fedak@sh.cvut.cz
+Jan Nieuwenhuizen                   janneke@gnu.org
 Janos Farkas                        chexum@shadow.banki.hu
 Jarkko Hietaniemi                   jhi@epsilon.hut.fi
 Jeff Moore                          jbm@mordor.com
@@ -144,12 +152,16 @@ John Salmon                         johns@mullet.anu.edu.au
 John Summerfield                    summer@OS2.ami.com.au
 Joost van Baal                      joostvb@xs4all.nl
 Joseph S. Myers                     jsm28@cam.ac.uk
-jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
+Jungshik Shin                       jshin@pantheon.yale.edu
 Jürgen Fluk                         louis@dachau.marco.de
+jvogel                              jvogel@linkny.com
 Kai-Uwe Rommel                      rommel@informatik.tu-muenchen.de
+Kai Henningsen                      kai@debian.org
 Kalle Olavi Niemitalo               tosi@stekt.oulu.fi
 Kamal Paul Nigam                    Kamal_Paul_Nigam@gs35.sp.cs.cmu.edu
+Karl Eichwalder                     keichwa@gmx.net
 Karl Heuer                          kwzh@gnu.org
+Karl-Michael Schneider              schneide@phil.uni-passau.de
 Karsten Thygesen                    karthy@kom.auc.dk
 Kaveh R. Ghazi                      ghazi@caip.rutgers.edu
 Keith Owens                         kaos@audio.apana.org.au
@@ -161,6 +173,7 @@ Lars Hecking                        lhecking@nmrc.ucc.ie
 Lehti Rami                          rammer@cs.tut.fi
 Leonard N. Zubkoff                  lnz@dandelion.com
 Lorne Baker                         lbaker@nitro.avint.net
+M. P. Suzuki                        mpsuzuki@hiroshima-u.ac.jp
 Maciej Kwapulinski                  pikpok@univ.gda.pl
 Manas Garg                          manas@cygsoft.com
 Manfred Hollstein                   manfred@s-direktnet.de
@@ -173,6 +186,7 @@ Mark D. Roth                        roth@uiuc.edu
 Mark Harris                         mark@monitor.designacc.com
 Mark Hewitt                         mhewitt@armature.com
 Mark Kettenis                       kettenis@phys.uva.nl
+Mark Nudelman                       marknu@flash.net
 Mark W. Eichin                      eichin@cygnus.com
 Markus Demleitner                   msdemlei@auriga.ari.uni-heidelberg.de
 Martin                              martin@dresden.nacamar.de
@@ -184,10 +198,12 @@ Marty Leisner                       leisner@sdsp.mc.xerox.com
 Masami Takikawa                     takikawm@CS.ORST.EDU
 Mate Wierdl                         mw@moni.msci.memphis.edu
 Matej Vela                          mvela@public.srce.hr
+Matt Perry                          matt@primefactor.com
 Matthew Braun                       matthew@ans.net
 Matthew Clarke                      Matthew_Clarke@mindlink.bc.ca
 Matthew S. Levine                   mslevine@theory.lcs.mit.edu
 Matthew Swift                       swift@alum.mit.edu
+Mattias Wadenstein                  maswan@acc.umu.se
 Matthias Urlichs                    smurf@noris.de
 Meelis Roos                         mroos@tartu.cyber.ee
 Michael ???                         michael@roka.net
@@ -266,13 +282,17 @@ Torbjorn Lindgren                   tl@funcom.no
 Torsten Landschoff                  torsten@pclab.ifg.uni-kiel.de
 Ulrich Drepper                      drepper@gnu.org
 Urs Thuermann                       urs@isnogud.escape.de
+Vesselin Atanasov                   vesselin@bgnet.bg
 Vin Shelton                         acs@alumni.princeton.edu
 Volker Borchert                     bt@teknon.de
 Wayne Stewart                       wstewa@atl.com
+Wenjun Zheng                        zwj@yahoo.com
+Werner Almesberger                  Werner.Almesberger@epfl.ch
 Wichert Akkerman                    wichert@cistron.nl
 Will Edgington                      wedgingt@acm.org
 William Bader                       william@nscs.fast.net
 William Dowling                     will@franklin.com
 William Lewis                       wiml@omnigroup.com
 Wolfram Kleff                       kleff@cs.uni-bonn.de
+Won-kyu Park                        wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr
 Zvi Har'El                          rl@math.technion.ac.il

doc/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -154,7 +155,7 @@ Makefile: $(srcdir)/Makefile.in  $(top_builddir)/config.status
 	  && CONFIG_FILES=$(subdir)/$@ CONFIG_HEADERS= $(SHELL) ./config.status
 
 
-$(srcdir)/version.texi: stamp-vti
+$(srcdir)/version.texi: $(srcdir)/stamp-vti
 	@:
 
 $(srcdir)/stamp-vti: fileutils.texi $(top_srcdir)/configure.in
@@ -179,8 +180,8 @@ distclean-vti:
 maintainer-clean-vti:
 	-rm -f $(srcdir)/stamp-vti $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
-fileutils.info: fileutils.texi version.texi
-fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi version.texi
+fileutils.info: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
+fileutils.dvi: fileutils.texi $(srcdir)/version.texi
 
 
 DVIPS = dvips

doc/getdate.texi

@@ -30,27 +30,32 @@ or a week from Sunday, with feelings of helpless confusion.  @dots{}
 --- Robert Grudin, @cite{Time and the Art of Living}.
 @end quotation
 
-This section describes the textual date representations that GNU
+This section describes the textual date representations that @sc{gnu}
 programs accept.  These are the strings you, as a user, can supply as
 arguments to the various programs.  The C interface (via the
 @code{getdate} function) is not described here.
 
-@cindex beginning of time, for Unix
-@cindex epoch, for Unix
-Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since zero
-A.D., computer integers are not big enough for such a (comparatively)
-long time.  The earliest date semantically allowed on Unix systems is
-midnight, 1 January 1970 UCT.
+@cindex beginning of time, for @sc{posix}
+@cindex epoch, for @sc{posix}
+Although the date syntax here can represent any possible time since the
+year zero, computer integers often cannot represent such a wide range of
+time.  On @sc{posix} systems, the clock starts at 1970-01-01 00:00:00
+@sc{utc}: @sc{posix} does not require support for times before the
+@sc{posix} Epoch and times far in the future.  Traditional Unix systems
+have 32-bit signed @code{time_t} and can represent times from 1901-12-13
+20:45:52 through 2038-01-19 03:14:07 @sc{utc}.  Systems with 64-bit
+signed @code{time_t} can represent all the times in the known
+lifetime of the universe.
 
 @menu
 * General date syntax::            Common rules.
-* Calendar date items::             19 Dec 1994.
-* Time of day items::               9:20pm.
-* Time zone items::                 EST, DST, BST, UTC, ...
-* Day of week items::               Monday and others.
-* Relative items in date strings::  next tuesday, 2 years ago.
+* Calendar date items::            19 Dec 1994.
+* Time of day items::              9:20pm.
+* Time zone items::                @sc{est}, @sc{pdt}, @sc{gmt}, ...
+* Day of week items::              Monday and others.
+* Relative items in date strings:: next tuesday, 2 years ago.
 * Pure numbers in date strings::   19931219, 1440.
-* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Salz, Berets, et al.
+* Authors of getdate::             Bellovin, Eggert, Salz, Berets, et al.
 @end menu
 
 
@@ -113,7 +118,7 @@ specified differently, depending on whether the month is specified
 numerically or literally.  All these strings specify the same calendar date:
 
 @example
-1972-09-24     # ISO 8601.
+1972-09-24     # @sc{iso} 8601.
 72-9-24        # Assume 19xx for 69 through 99,
                # 20xx for 00 through 68.
 72-09-24       # Leading zeros are ignored.
@@ -136,9 +141,9 @@ sep 24
 
 Here are the rules.
 
-@cindex ISO 8601 date format
-@cindex date format, ISO 8601
-For numeric months, the ISO 8601 format
+@cindex @sc{iso} 8601 date format
+@cindex date format, @sc{iso} 8601
+For numeric months, the @sc{iso} 8601 format
 @samp{@var{year}-@var{month}-@var{day}} is allowed, where @var{year} is
 any positive number, @var{month} is a number between 01 and 12, and
 @var{day} is a number between 01 and 31.  A leading zero must be present
@@ -186,7 +191,7 @@ day.  Here are some examples, all of which represent the same time:
 20:02:0
 20:02
 8:02pm
-20:02-0500      # In EST (Eastern U.S. Standard Time).
+20:02-0500      # In @sc{est} (U.S. Eastern Standard Time).
 @end example
 
 More generally, the time of the day may be given as
@@ -206,6 +211,9 @@ or @samp{p.m.}), @var{hour} is restricted to run from 1 to 12, and
 indicates the first half of the day, @samp{pm} indicates the second
 half of the day.  In this notation, 12 is the predecessor of 1:
 midnight is @samp{12am} while noon is @samp{12pm}.
+(This is the zero-oriented interpretation of @samp{12am} and @samp{12pm},
+as opposed to the old tradition derived from Latin
+which uses @samp{12m} for noon and @samp{12pm} for midnight.)
 
 @cindex time zone correction
 @cindex minutes, time zone correction by
@@ -214,10 +222,10 @@ expressed as @samp{@var{s}@var{hh}@var{mm}}, where @var{s} is @samp{+}
 or @samp{-}, @var{hh} is a number of zone hours and @var{mm} is a number
 of zone minutes.  When a time zone correction is given this way, it
 forces interpretation of the time relative to
-Coordinated Universal Time (UTC), overriding any previous
+Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}), overriding any previous
 specification for the time zone or the local time zone.  The @var{minute}
 part of the time of the day may not be elided when a time zone correction
-is used.  This is the only way to specify a time zone correction by
+is used.  This is the best way to specify a time zone correction by
 fractional parts of an hour.
 
 Either @samp{am}/@samp{pm} or a time zone correction may be specified,
@@ -229,119 +237,18 @@ but not both.
 
 @cindex time zone item
 
-A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated by
-a small set of letters.  They are supported for backward compatibility reasons,
-but they are not recommended because they are ambiguous in practice:
-for example, the abbreviation @samp{EST} has different meanings in
-Australia and the United States.  Any included period is ignored.  Military
-time zone designations use a single letter.  Currently, only integral
-zone hours may be represented in a time zone item.  See the previous
-section for a finer control over the time zone correction.
+A @dfn{time zone item} specifies an international time zone, indicated
+by a small set of letters, e.g., @samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal
+Time.  Any included periods are ignored.  By following a
+non-daylight-saving time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate
+word (that is, separated by some white space), the corresponding
+daylight saving time zone may be specified.
 
-Here are many non-daylight-saving-time time zones, indexed by the zone
-hour value.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -1200
-@samp{Y} for militaries.
-@item -1100
-@samp{X} for militaries.
-@item -1000
-@samp{W} for militaries.
-@item -0900
-@samp{V} for militaries.
-@item -0800
-@samp{PST} for Pacific Standard, and
-@samp{U} for militaries.
-@item -0700
-@samp{MST} for Mountain Standard, and
-@samp{T} for militaries.
-@item -0600
-@samp{CST} for Central Standard, and
-@samp{S} for militaries.
-@item -0500
-@samp{EST} for Eastern Standard, and
-@samp{R} for militaries.
-@item -0400
-@samp{AST} for Atlantic Standard, and
-@samp{Q} for militaries.
-@item -0300
-@samp{P} for militaries.
-@item -0200
-@samp{O} for militaries.
-@item -0100
-@samp{N} for militaries.
-@item +0000
-@cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
-@cindex Universal Coordinated Time
-@cindex Universal Time (Coordinated)
-@samp{GMT} for Greenwich Mean,
-@samp{UT} for Universal,
-@samp{UTC} for Coordinated Universal,
-@samp{WET} for Western European, and
-@samp{Z} for ISO 8601 and militaries.
-@item +0100
-@samp{A} for militaries,
-@samp{CET} for Central European,
-@samp{MET} for Midden Europesche Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MEZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Zeit (German).
-@item +0200
-@samp{B} for militaries, and
-@samp{EET} for Eastern European.
-@item +0300
-@samp{C} for militaries.
-@item +0400
-@samp{D} for militaries.
-@item +0500
-@samp{E} for militaries.
-@item +0600
-@samp{F} for militaries.
-@item +0700
-@samp{G} for militaries.
-@item +0800
-@samp{H} for militaries.
-@item +0900
-@samp{I} for militaries, and
-@samp{JST} for Japan Standard.
-@item +1000
-@samp{GST} for Guam Standard, and
-@samp{K} for militaries.
-@item +1100
-@samp{L} for militaries.
-@item +1200
-@samp{M} for militaries, and
-@samp{NZST} for New Zealand Standard.
-@end table
-
-@cindex daylight-saving time
-Here are many daylight-saving time (DST) time zones,
-indexed by the zone hour value.  Also, by
-following a non-DST time zone by the string @samp{DST} in a separate word
-(that is, separated by some whitespace), the corresponding DST time zone
-may be specified.
-
-@table @asis
-@item -0700
-@samp{PDT} for Pacific Daylight.
-@item -0600
-@samp{MDT} for Mountain Daylight.
-@item -0500
-@samp{CDT} for Central Daylight.
-@item -0400
-@samp{EDT} for Eastern Daylight.
-@item -0300
-@samp{ADT} for Atlantic Daylight.
-@item +0100
-@samp{BST} for British Summer, and
-@samp{WEST} for Western European Summer.
-@item +0200
-@samp{CEST} for Central European Summer,
-@samp{MEST} for Midden Europesche S. Tijd (Dutch), and
-@samp{MESZ} for Mittel-Europ@"aische Sommerzeit (German).
-@item +1300
-@samp{NZDT} for New Zealand Daylight.
-@end table
+Time zone items are obsolescent and are not recommended, because they
+are ambiguous; for example, @samp{EST} has a different meaning in
+Australia than in the United States.  Instead, it's better to use
+unambiguous numeric time zone corrections like @samp{-0500}, as
+described in the previous section.
 
 
 @node Day of week items
@@ -409,7 +316,7 @@ The unit of time may be preceded by a multiplier, given as an optionally
 signed number.  Unsigned numbers are taken as positively signed.  No
 number at all implies 1 for a multiplier.  Following a relative item by
 the string @samp{ago} is equivalent to preceding the unit by a
-multiplicator with value @math{-1}.
+multiplier with value @math{-1}.
 
 @findex day @r{in date strings}
 @findex tomorrow @r{in date strings}
@@ -429,9 +336,9 @@ items, like in @samp{12:00 today}.  The string @samp{this} also has
 the meaning of a zero-valued time displacement, but is preferred in
 date strings like @samp{this thursday}.
 
-When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross the boundary
-between DST and non-DST (or vice-versa), the hour is adjusted according
-to the local time.
+When a relative item causes the resulting date to cross a boundary
+where the clocks were adjusted, typically for daylight-saving time,
+the resulting date and time are adjusted accordingly.
 
 
 @node Pure numbers in date strings
@@ -439,8 +346,8 @@ to the local time.
 
 @cindex pure numbers in date strings
 
-The precise intepretation of a pure decimal number depends
-the context in the date string.
+The precise interpretation of a pure decimal number depends
+on the context in the date string.
 
 If the decimal number is of the form @var{yyyy}@var{mm}@var{dd} and no
 other calendar date item (@pxref{Calendar date items}) appears before it
@@ -468,13 +375,14 @@ year.
 @cindex Berets, Jim
 @cindex MacKenzie, David
 @cindex Meyering, Jim
+@cindex Eggert, Paul
 @code{getdate} was originally implemented by Steven M. Bellovin
 (@email{smb@@research.att.com}) while at the University of North Carolina
 at Chapel Hill.  The code was later tweaked by a couple of people on
 Usenet, then completely overhauled by Rich $alz (@email{rsalz@@bbn.com})
 and Jim Berets (@email{jberets@@bbn.com}) in August, 1990.  Various
-revisions for the GNU system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
-and others.
+revisions for the @sc{gnu} system were made by David MacKenzie, Jim Meyering,
+Paul Eggert and others.
 
 @cindex Pinard, F.
 @cindex Berry, K.

doc/perm.texi

@@ -276,18 +276,8 @@ o+t
 
 Remember that the special permissions only affect files that are
 executable, plus, on some systems, directories (on which they have
-different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).  Using @samp{a}
-in the @var{users} part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
-permissions to be affected; thus,
-
-@example
-a+s
-@end example
-
-@noindent
-has @emph{no effect}.  You must use @samp{u}, @samp{g}, and @samp{o}
-explicitly to affect the special permissions.  Also, the
-combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
+different meanings; @pxref{Mode Structure}).
+Also, the combinations @samp{u+t}, @samp{g+t}, and @samp{o+s} have no effect.
 
 The @samp{=} operator is not very useful with special permissions; for
 example, the mode:

doc/sh-utils.texi

@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
 @ifinfo
 This file documents the GNU shell utilities.
 
-Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright (C) 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 
 @page
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
-Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995, 1996, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
 this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
@@ -350,6 +350,7 @@ independent way. For example, a string containing the Euro currency symbol
 $ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u20AC 14.95'
 @end example
 
+@noindent
 will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
 (ISO-8859-15, UTF-8, and others). Similarly, a Chinese string
 
@@ -357,18 +358,19 @@ will be output correctly in all locales supporting the Euro symbol
 $ /usr/local/bin/printf '\u4e2d\u6587'
 @end example
 
-will be output correctly in all chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
+@noindent
+will be output correctly in all Chinese locales (GB2312, BIG5, UTF-8, etc).
 
 Note that in these examples, the full pathname of @code{printf} has been
 given, to distinguish it from the GNU @code{bash} builtin function
 @code{printf}.
 
-For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code values of
-each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u escape sequences
-is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can use GNU recode 3.5c
-(or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here is how to convert a
-piece of text into a shell script which will output this text in a locale-
-independent way:
+For larger strings, you don't need to look up the hexadecimal code
+values of each character one by one. ASCII characters mixed with \u
+escape sequences is also known as the JAVA source file encoding. You can
+use GNU recode 3.5c (or newer) to convert strings to this encoding. Here
+is how to convert a piece of text into a shell script which will output
+this text in a locale-independent way:
 
 @smallexample
 $ LC_CTYPE=zh_CN.big5 /usr/local/bin/printf \
@@ -2202,7 +2204,7 @@ format of the @samp{%c} directive (described below).  Synopses:
 @example
 date [@var{option}]@dots{} [+@var{format}]
 date [-u|--utc|--universal] @c this avoids a newline in the output
-[ @var{MMDDhhmm}[[@var{CC}]@var{YY}][.@var{ss}] ]
+[ MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss] ]
 @end example
 
 @findex strftime @r{and @code{date}}
@@ -2258,7 +2260,7 @@ Note that this value is the number of seconds between the epoch
 and the current date as defined by the localtime system call.
 It isn't changed by the @samp{--date} option.
 @item %S
-second (00@dots{}61)
+second (00@dots{}60)
 @item %T
 time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)
 @item %X
@@ -2400,7 +2402,7 @@ zone.
 The argument must consist entirely of digits, which have the following
 meaning:
 
-@table @var
+@table @samp
 @item MM
 month
 @item DD
@@ -2479,16 +2481,14 @@ Append the hours, minutes, and seconds.
 @end table
 
 If showing any time terms, then include the time zone using the format
-@samp{%z}.  If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{%Z} in place of
 @samp{%z}.
 
 @item -R
 @itemx --rfc-822
 @opindex -R
 @opindex --rfc-822
-Display the time and date using the RFC-822-specified
+Display the time and date using the RFC-822-conforming
 format, @samp{%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z}.
-If @samp{--utc} is also specified, use @samp{GMT} in place of @samp{%z}.
 
 @item -r @var{file}
 @itemx --reference=@var{file}
@@ -2501,7 +2501,7 @@ time of @var{file}, instead of the current time and date.
 @itemx --set=@var{datestr}
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --set
-Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
+Set the time and date to @var{datestr}.  See @samp{-d} above.
 
 @item -u
 @itemx --utc
@@ -2509,11 +2509,16 @@ Set the time and date to @var{datestr},  See @samp{-d} above.
 @opindex -u
 @opindex --utc
 @opindex --universal
-@cindex coordinated universal time
+@cindex Coordinated Universal Time
+@cindex UTC
 @cindex Greenwich Mean Time
-Print or set the time and date in Universal Coordinated Time instead of
-in local (wall clock) time.
-
+@cindex GMT
+Use Coordinated Universal Time (@sc{utc}) by operating as if the
+@env{TZ} environment variable was set to the string @samp{UTC0}.
+Normally, @command{date} operates in the time zone indicated by
+@env{TZ}, or the system default if @env{TZ} is not set.  Coordinated
+Universal Time is often called ``Greenwich Mean Time'' (@sc{gmt}) for
+historical reasons.
 @end table
 
 
@@ -2591,7 +2596,7 @@ To convert a date string to the number of seconds since the epoch
 the @samp{%s} format.  That can be useful in sorting and/or graphing
 and/or comparing data by date.  The following command outputs the
 number of the seconds since the epoch for the time one second later
-than the epoch, but in time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
+than the epoch, but in a time zone five hours later (Cambridge, Massachusetts),
 thus a total of five hours and one second after the epoch:
 
 @example
@@ -2956,7 +2961,7 @@ nohup @var{command} [@var{arg}]@dots{}
 
 @flindex nohup.out
 @code{nohup} increases the scheduling priority of @var{command} by 5, so
-it has a slightly smaller change to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
+it has a slightly smaller chance to run.  If standard output is a terminal,
 it and standard error are redirected so that they are appended to the
 file @file{nohup.out}; if that cannot be written to, they are appended
 to the file @file{$HOME/nohup.out}.  If that cannot be written to, the
@@ -3335,11 +3340,11 @@ $ seq -s' ' 0 .1 .3
 0 0.1 0.2
 @end example
 
-But doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is implemented using
-binary floating point arithmetic (via the C @code{double} type) -- which
-means some decimal numbers like @code{.1} cannot be represented exactly.
-That in turn means some nonintuitive conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3}
-will end up being true.
+But that doesn't happen on most systems because @code{seq} is
+implemented using binary floating point arithmetic (via the C
+@code{double} type) -- which means some decimal numbers like @code{.1}
+cannot be represented exactly.  That in turn means some nonintuitive
+conditions like @code{.1 * 3 > .3} will end up being true.
 
 To work around that in the above example, use a slightly larger number as
 the @var{last} value:

doc/texinfo.tex

@@ -3,7 +3,7 @@
 % Load plain if necessary, i.e., if running under initex.
 \expandafter\ifx\csname fmtname\endcsname\relax\input plain\fi
 %
-\def\texinfoversion{2000-09-06.09}
+\def\texinfoversion{2000-12-11.07}
 %
 % Copyright (C) 1985, 86, 88, 90, 91, 92, 93, 94, 95, 96, 97, 98, 99, 2000
 % Free Software Foundation, Inc.
@@ -688,16 +688,54 @@ where each line of input produces a line of output.}
 \def\nofillexdentyyy #1{{\advance \leftskip by -\exdentamount
 \leftline{\hskip\leftskip{\rm#1}}}}
 
-% @inmargin{TEXT} puts TEXT in the margin next to the current paragraph.
-
-\def\inmargin#1{%
-\strut\vadjust{\nobreak\kern-\strutdepth
-  \vtop to \strutdepth{\baselineskip\strutdepth\vss
-  \llap{\rightskip=\inmarginspacing \vbox{\noindent #1}}\null}}}
+% @inmargin{WHICH}{TEXT} puts TEXT in the WHICH margin next to the current
+% paragraph.  For more general purposes, use the \margin insertion
+% class.  WHICH is `l' or `r'.
+%
 \newskip\inmarginspacing \inmarginspacing=1cm
 \def\strutdepth{\dp\strutbox}
-
-%\hbox{{\rm#1}}\hfil\break}}
+%
+\def\doinmargin#1#2{\strut\vadjust{%
+  \nobreak
+  \kern-\strutdepth
+  \vtop to \strutdepth{%
+    \baselineskip=\strutdepth
+    \vss
+    % if you have multiple lines of stuff to put here, you'll need to
+    % make the vbox yourself of the appropriate size.
+    \ifx#1l%
+      \llap{\ignorespaces #2\hskip\inmarginspacing}%
+    \else
+      \rlap{\hskip\hsize \hskip\inmarginspacing \ignorespaces #2}%
+    \fi
+    \null
+  }%
+}}
+\def\inleftmargin{\doinmargin l}
+\def\inrightmargin{\doinmargin r}
+%
+% @inmargin{TEXT [, RIGHT-TEXT]}
+% (if RIGHT-TEXT is given, use TEXT for left page, RIGHT-TEXT for right;
+% else use TEXT for both).
+% 
+\def\inmargin#1{\parseinmargin #1,,\finish}
+\def\parseinmargin#1,#2,#3\finish{% not perfect, but better than nothing.
+  \setbox0 = \hbox{\ignorespaces #2}% 
+  \ifdim\wd0 > 0pt
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have both texts
+    \def\righttext{#2}%
+  \else
+    \def\lefttext{#1}%  have only one text
+    \def\righttext{#1}%
+  \fi
+  %
+  \ifodd\pageno
+    \def\temp{\inleftmargin\lefttext}%
+  \else
+    \def\temp{\inrightmargin\righttext}%
+  \fi
+  \temp
+}
 
 % @include file    insert text of that file as input.
 % Allow normal characters that  we make active in the argument (a file name).
@@ -2593,42 +2631,48 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 % @defindex foo  ==  \newindex{foo}
-
+%
 \def\defindex{\parsearg\newindex}
 
 % Define @defcodeindex, like @defindex except put all entries in @code.
-
+%
+\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
+%
 \def\newcodeindex#1{%
   \iflinks
     \expandafter\newwrite \csname#1indfile\endcsname
     \openout \csname#1indfile\endcsname \jobname.#1
   \fi
   \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{%
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}
+    \noexpand\docodeindex{#1}}%
 }
 
-\def\defcodeindex{\parsearg\newcodeindex}
 
 % @synindex foo bar    makes index foo feed into index bar.
 % Do this instead of @defindex foo if you don't want it as a separate index.
-% The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
-% Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
-\def\synindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\doindex{#2}}%
-}
-
+% 
 % @syncodeindex foo bar   similar, but put all entries made for index foo
 % inside @code.
-\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {%
-  \expandafter\let\expandafter\synindexfoo\expandafter=\csname#2indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\closeout\csname#1indfile\endcsname
-  \expandafter\let\csname#1indfile\endcsname=\synindexfoo
-  \expandafter\xdef\csname#1index\endcsname{% define \xxxindex
-    \noexpand\docodeindex{#2}}%
+% 
+\def\synindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\doindex{#1}{#2}}
+\def\syncodeindex#1 #2 {\dosynindex\docodeindex{#1}{#2}}
+
+% #1 is \doindex or \docodeindex, #2 the index getting redefined (foo),
+% #3 the target index (bar).
+\def\dosynindex#1#2#3{%
+  % Only do \closeout if we haven't already done it, else we'll end up
+  % closing the target index.
+  \expandafter \ifx\csname donesynindex#2\endcsname \undefined
+    % The \closeout helps reduce unnecessary open files; the limit on the
+    % Acorn RISC OS is a mere 16 files.
+    \expandafter\closeout\csname#2indfile\endcsname
+    \expandafter\let\csname\donesynindex#2\endcsname = 1
+  \fi
+  % redefine \fooindfile:
+  \expandafter\let\expandafter\temp\expandafter=\csname#3indfile\endcsname
+  \expandafter\let\csname#2indfile\endcsname=\temp
+  % redefine \fooindex:
+  \expandafter\xdef\csname#2index\endcsname{\noexpand#1{#3}}%
 }
 
 % Define \doindex, the driver for all \fooindex macros.
@@ -4275,6 +4319,7 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
   \gobble
 }
 
+
 % @quotation does normal linebreaking (hence we can't use \nonfillstart)
 % and narrows the margins.
 %
@@ -4297,6 +4342,158 @@ width0pt\relax} \fi
 }
 
 
+% LaTeX-like @verbatim...@end verbatim and @verb{<char>...<char>}
+% If we want to allow any <char> as delimiter, 
+% we need the curly braces so that makeinfo sees the @verb command, eg:
+% `@verbx...x' would look like the '@verbx' command.  --janneke@gnu.org
+%
+% [Knuth]: Donald Ervin Knuth, 1996.  The TeXbook.
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 344; only we need to do '@' too
+\def\dospecials{%
+  \do\ \do\\\do\@\do\{\do\}\do\$\do\&%
+  \do\#\do\^\do\^^K\do\_\do\^^A\do\%\do\~}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 380
+\def\uncatcodespecials{%
+  \def\do##1{\catcode`##1=12}\dospecials}
+%
+% [Knuth] pp. 380,381,391
+% Disable Spanish ligatures ?` and !` of \tt font
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\`=\active\gdef`{\relax\lq}
+\endgroup
+%
+% Setup for the @verb command.
+%
+% Eight spaces for a tab
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabeightspaces{\catcode`\^^I=\active\def^^I{\ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ }}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\setupverb{%
+  \tt  % easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabeightspaces
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+}
+
+% Setup for the @verbatim environment
+%
+% Real tab expansion
+\newdimen\tabw \setbox0=\hbox{\tt\space} \tabw=8\wd0 % tab amount
+%
+\def\starttabbox{\setbox0=\hbox\bgroup}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\^^I=\active
+  \gdef\tabexpand{%
+    \catcode`\^^I=\active
+    \def^^I{\leavevmode\egroup
+      \dimen0=\wd0 % the width so far, or since the previous tab
+      \divide\dimen0 by\tabw
+      \multiply\dimen0 by\tabw % compute previous multiple of \tabw
+      \advance\dimen0 by\tabw  % advance to next multiple of \tabw
+      \wd0=\dimen0 \box0 \starttabbox
+    }%
+  }
+\endgroup
+\def\setupverbatim{%
+  % Easiest (and conventionally used) font for verbatim
+  \tt
+  \def\par{\leavevmode\egroup\box0\endgraf}%
+  \catcode`\`=\active
+  \tabexpand
+  % Respect line breaks,
+  % print special symbols as themselves, and
+  % make each space count
+  % must do in this order:
+  \obeylines \uncatcodespecials \sepspaces
+  \everypar{\starttabbox}%
+}
+
+% Do the @verb magic: verbatim text is quoted by unique 
+% delimiter characters.  Before first delimiter expect a 
+% right brace, after last delimiter expect closing brace:
+%
+%    \def\doverb'{'<char>#1<char>'}'{#1}
+%
+% [Knuth] p. 382; only eat outer {}
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`[=1\catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12
+  \gdef\doverb{#1[\def\next##1#1}[##1\endgroup]\next]
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verb{\begingroup\setupverb\doverb}
+%
+%
+% Do the @verbatim magic: define the macro \doverbatim so that
+% the (first) argument ends when '@end verbatim' is reached, ie:
+%
+%     \def\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1}
+%
+% For Texinfo it's a lot easier than for LaTeX, 
+% because texinfo's \verbatim doesn't stop at '\end{verbatim}':
+% we need not redefine '\', '{' and '}'
+%
+% Inspired by LaTeX's verbatim command set [latex.ltx]
+%% Include LaTeX hack for completeness -- never know
+%% \begingroup
+%% \catcode`|=0 \catcode`[=1
+%% \catcode`]=2\catcode`\{=12\catcode`\}=12\catcode`\ =\active
+%% \catcode`\\=12|gdef|doverbatim#1@end verbatim[
+%% #1|endgroup|def|Everbatim[]|end[verbatim]]
+%% |endgroup
+\begingroup
+  \catcode`\ =\active
+  \gdef\doverbatim#1@end verbatim{#1\end{verbatim}}
+\endgroup
+%
+\def\verbatim{%
+  \def\Everbatim{\nonfillfinish\endgroup}%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim\doverbatim
+}
+
+% @verbatiminclude FILE - insert text of file in verbatim environment.
+%
+% Allow normal characters that we make active in the argument (a file name).
+\def\verbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \catcode`\\=12
+    \catcode`~=12
+    \catcode`^=12
+    \catcode`_=12
+    \catcode`|=12
+    \catcode`<=12
+    \catcode`>=12
+    \catcode`+=12
+    \parsearg\doverbatiminclude
+}
+\def\setupverbatiminclude{%
+  \begingroup
+    \nonfillstart
+    \advance\leftskip by -\defbodyindent
+    \begingroup\setupverbatim
+}
+%
+\def\doverbatiminclude#1{%
+     % Restore active chars for included file.
+  \endgroup
+  \begingroup
+  \def\thisfile{#1}%
+  \expandafter\expandafter\setupverbatiminclude\input\thisfile
+  \endgroup\nonfillfinish\endgroup
+}
+
+
 \message{defuns,}
 % @defun etc.
 

doc/textutils.texi

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 \input texinfo
 @c %**start of header
 @setfilename textutils.info
-@settitle GNU text utilities
+@settitle @sc{gnu} text utilities
 @c %**end of header
 
 @include version.texi
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@
 @ifinfo
 @format
 START-INFO-DIR-ENTRY
-* Text utilities: (textutils).          GNU text utilities.
+* Text utilities: (textutils).                  GNU text utilities.
 * cat: (textutils)cat invocation.               Concatenate and write files.
 * cksum: (textutils)cksum invocation.           Print @sc{posix} CRC checksum.
 * comm: (textutils)comm invocation.             Compare sorted files by line.
@@ -56,30 +56,18 @@ This file documents the GNU text utilities.
 
 Copyright (C) 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no
+Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
 
-@ignore
-Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the
-results, provided the printed document carries copying permission
-notice identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph
-(this paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual).
-
-@end ignore
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Foundation.
 @end ifinfo
 
 @titlepage
-@title GNU @code{textutils}
+@title @sc{gnu} @code{textutils}
 @subtitle A set of text utilities
 @subtitle for version @value{VERSION}, @value{UPDATED}
 @author David MacKenzie et al.
@@ -88,19 +76,13 @@ by the Foundation.
 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
 Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 95, 96 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
-Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of
-this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice
-are preserved on all copies.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this
-manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the entire
-resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission
-notice identical to this one.
-
-Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual
-into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions,
-except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation approved
-by the Foundation.
+Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
+under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.1
+or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation;
+with no Invariant Sections, with no
+Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover Texts.
+A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
+Free Documentation License''.
 @end titlepage
 
 
@@ -114,7 +96,7 @@ by the Foundation.
 @cindex text utilities
 @cindex utilities for text handling
 
-This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the GNU text utilities.
+This manual documents version @value{VERSION} of the @sc{gnu} text utilities.
 
 @menu
 * Introduction::                       Caveats, overview, and authors.
@@ -217,11 +199,12 @@ Opening the software toolbox
 
 This manual is incomplete: No attempt is made to explain basic concepts
 in a way suitable for novices.  Thus, if you are interested, please get
-involved in improving this manual.  The entire GNU community will
+involved in improving this manual.  The entire @sc{gnu} community will
 benefit.
 
 @cindex POSIX.2
-The GNU text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{posix.2} standard.
+The @sc{gnu} text utilities are mostly compatible with the @sc{posix.2}
+standard.
 
 @c This paragraph appears in all of fileutils.texi, textutils.texi, and
 @c sh-utils.texi too -- so be sure to keep them consistent.
@@ -251,7 +234,7 @@ overall process.
 
 Certain options are available in all of these programs.  Rather than
 writing identical descriptions for each of the programs, they are
-described here.  (In fact, every GNU program accepts (or should accept)
+described here.  (In fact, every @sc{gnu} program accepts (or should accept)
 these options.)
 
 Some of these programs recognize the @samp{--help} and @samp{--version}
@@ -692,19 +675,19 @@ to the output line generated by the type specification.
 
 @table @samp
 @item a
-named character,
+named character
 @item c
 @sc{ascii} character or backslash escape,
 @item d
-signed decimal,
+signed decimal
 @item f
-floating point,
+floating point
 @item o
-octal,
+octal
 @item u
-unsigned decimal,
+unsigned decimal
 @item x
-hexadecimal.
+hexadecimal
 @end table
 
 The type @code{a} outputs things like @samp{sp} for space, @samp{nl} for
@@ -722,24 +705,24 @@ one of the following characters.  For integers (@samp{d}, @samp{o},
 
 @table @samp
 @item C
-char,
+char
 @item S
-short,
+short
 @item I
-int,
+int
 @item L
-long.
+long
 @end table
 
 For floating point (@code{f}):
 
 @table @asis
 @item F
-float,
+float
 @item D
-double,
+double
 @item L
-long double.
+long double
 @end table
 
 @item -v
@@ -763,7 +746,8 @@ is not given at all, the default is 16.
 @end table
 
 The next several options map the old, pre-@sc{posix} format specification
-options to the corresponding @sc{posix} format specs.  GNU @code{od} accepts
+options to the corresponding @sc{posix} format specs.
+@sc{gnu} @code{od} accepts
 any combination of old- and new-style options.  Format specification
 options accumulate.
 
@@ -983,27 +967,35 @@ is @samp{space}).  For multicolumn output, lines will always be truncated to
 column output no line truncation occurs by default.  Use @samp{-W} option to
 truncate lines in that case.
 
-@c FIXME:???  Should this be something like "Starting with version 1.22i,..."
-   Including version 1.22i:
-
+The following changes were made in version 1.22i and apply to later
+versions of @command{pr}:
 @c FIXME: this whole section here sounds very awkward to me. I
 @c made a few small changes, but really it all needs to be redone. - Brian
-Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) have been redefined
-with the object of a better @sc{posix} compliance.  The output of some
-further cases has been adapted to other Unix systems.  These changes are
-not compatible with earlier versions of the program.
+@c OK, I fixed another sentence or two, but some of it I just don't understand.
+@ - Brian
+@itemize @bullet
 
+@item
+Some small @var{letter options} (@samp{-s}, @samp{-w}) have been
+redefined for better @sc{posix} compliance.  The output of some further
+cases has been adapted to other Unix systems.  These changes are not
+compatible with earlier versions of the program.
+
+@item
 Some @var{new capital letter} options (@samp{-J}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-W})
 have been introduced to turn off unexpected interferences of small letter
 options.  The @samp{-N} option and the second argument @var{last_page}
 of @samp{+FIRST_PAGE} offer more flexibility.  The detailed handling of
 form feeds set in the input files requires the @samp{-T} option.
 
+@item
 Capital letter options override small letter ones.
 
+@item
 Some of the option-arguments (compare @samp{-s}, @samp{-S}, @samp{-e},
 @samp{-i}, @samp{-n}) cannot be specified as separate arguments from the
 preceding option letter (already stated in the @sc{posix} specification).
+@end itemize
 
 The program accepts the following options.  Also see @ref{Common options}.
 
@@ -1194,12 +1186,12 @@ opened.  (The exit status will still be nonzero, however.)
 @itemx --separator[=@var{char}]
 @opindex -s
 @opindex --separator
-Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  Default for @var{char}
-is the TAB character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no character} with
-@samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} default separator @samp{space} is set.
-@samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all three column options
-(@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) except @samp{-w} is set.
-That is a @sc{posix}-compliant formulation.
+Separate columns by a single character @var{char}.  The default for
+@var{char} is the TAB character without @samp{-w} and @samp{no
+character} with @samp{-w}.  Without @samp{-s} the default separator
+@samp{space} is set.  @samp{-s[char]} turns off line truncation of all
+three column options (@samp{-COLUMN}|@samp{-a -COLUMN}|@samp{-m}) unless
+@samp{-w} is set.  This is a @sc{posix}-compliant formulation.
 
 
 @item -S[@var{string}]
@@ -1437,13 +1429,13 @@ one-line header consisting of
 before the output for each @var{file}.
 
 @cindex BSD @code{tail}
-GNU @code{tail} can output any amount of data (some other versions of
+@sc{gnu} @code{tail} can output any amount of data (some other versions of
 @code{tail} cannot).  It also has no @samp{-r} option (print in
 reverse), since reversing a file is really a different job from printing
 the end of a file; BSD @code{tail} (which is the one with @code{-r}) can
 only reverse files that are at most as large as its buffer, which is
 typically 32k.  A more reliable and versatile way to reverse files is
-the GNU @code{tac} command.
+the @sc{gnu} @code{tac} command.
 
 @code{tail} accepts two option formats: the new one, in which numbers
 are arguments to the options (@samp{-n 1}), and the old one, in which
@@ -1702,9 +1694,9 @@ exhausted.
 
 The output files' names consist of a prefix (@samp{xx} by default)
 followed by a suffix.  By default, the suffix is an ascending sequence
-of two-digit decimal numbers from @samp{00} and up to @samp{99}.  In any
-case, concatenating the output files in sorted order by filename
-produces the original input file.
+of two-digit decimal numbers from @samp{00} to @samp{99}.  In any case,
+concatenating the output files in sorted order by filename produces the
+original input file.
 
 By default, if @code{csplit} encounters an error or receives a hangup,
 interrupt, quit, or terminate signal, it removes any output files
@@ -1821,9 +1813,9 @@ in columns.  However, @sc{posix} requires that there be exactly one space
 separating columns.  You can make @code{wc} use the @sc{posix}-mandated
 output format by setting the @env{POSIXLY_CORRECT} environment variable.
 
-By default, @code{wc} prints three counts: the newline, words, byte counts.
-Options can specify that only certain counts be printed.  Options do not
-undo others previously given, so
+By default, @code{wc} prints three counts: the newline, words, and byte
+counts.  Options can specify that only certain counts be printed.
+Options do not undo others previously given, so
 
 @example
 wc --bytes --words
@@ -1890,10 +1882,10 @@ sum [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 @code{sum} prints the checksum for each @var{file} followed by the
 number of blocks in the file (rounded up).  If more than one @var{file}
 is given, file names are also printed (by default).  (With the
-@samp{--sysv} option, corresponding file name are printed when there is
+@samp{--sysv} option, corresponding file names are printed when there is
 at least one file argument.)
 
-By default, GNU @code{sum} computes checksums using an algorithm
+By default, @sc{gnu} @code{sum} computes checksums using an algorithm
 compatible with BSD @code{sum} and prints file sizes in units of
 1024-byte blocks.
 
@@ -2125,9 +2117,9 @@ disables this last-resort comparison so that lines in which all fields
 compare equal are left in their original relative order.  If no fields
 or global options are specified, @samp{-s} has no effect.
 
-GNU @code{sort} (as specified for all GNU utilities) has no limits on
+@sc{gnu} @code{sort} (as specified for all @sc{gnu} utilities) has no limits on
 input line length or restrictions on bytes allowed within lines.  In
-addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, GNU
+addition, if the final byte of an input file is not a newline, @sc{gnu}
 @code{sort} silently supplies one.  A line's trailing newline is not
 part of the line for comparison purposes.@footnote{@sc{posix}.2-1992
 requires that the trailing newline be part of the comparison, and some
@@ -2268,6 +2260,24 @@ If @var{output-file} is one of the input files, @code{sort} copies
 it to a temporary file before sorting and writing the output to
 @var{output-file}.
 
+@item -S @var{size}
+@opindex -S
+@cindex size for main memory sorting
+Use a main-memory sort buffer of the given @var{size}.  By default,
+@var{size} is in units of 1,024 bytes.  Appending @samp{%} causes
+@var{size} to be interpreted as a percentage of physical memory.
+Appending @samp{k} multiplies @var{size} by 1,024 (the default),
+@samp{M} by 1,048,576, @samp{G} by 1,073,741,824, and so on for
+@samp{T}, @samp{P}, @samp{E}, @samp{Z}, and @samp{Y}.  Appending
+@samp{b} causes @var{size} to be interpreted as a byte count, with no
+multiplication.
+
+This option can improve the performance of @command{sort} by causing it
+to start with a larger or smaller sort buffer than the default.
+However, this option affects only the initial buffer size.  The buffer
+grows beyond @var{size} if @command{sort} encounters input lines larger
+than @var{size}.
+
 @item -t @var{separator}
 @opindex -t
 @cindex field separator character
@@ -2277,7 +2287,9 @@ string between a non-whitespace character and a whitespace character.
 That is, given the input line @w{@samp{ foo bar}}, @code{sort} breaks it
 into fields @w{@samp{ foo}} and @w{@samp{ bar}}.  The field separator is
 not considered to be part of either the field preceding or the field
-following.
+following.  But note that sort fields that extend to the end of the line,
+as @samp{-k 2}, or sort fields consisting of a range, as @samp{-k 2,3},
+retain the field separators present between the endpoints of the range.
 
 @item -T @var{tempdir}
 @opindex -T
@@ -2325,13 +2337,13 @@ and character positions are numbered starting with 0.  See below.
 
 @end table
 
-In addition, when GNU @code{sort} is invoked with exactly one argument,
+In addition, when @sc{gnu} @code{sort} is invoked with exactly one argument,
 options @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} are recognized.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
 Historical (BSD and System V) implementations of @code{sort} have
 differed in their interpretation of some options, particularly
-@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  GNU sort follows the @sc{posix}
+@samp{-b}, @samp{-f}, and @samp{-n}.  @sc{gnu} sort follows the @sc{posix}
 behavior, which is usually (but not always!) like the System V behavior.
 According to @sc{posix}, @samp{-n} no longer implies @samp{-b}.  For
 consistency, @samp{-M} has been changed in the same way.  This may
@@ -2389,7 +2401,7 @@ sort -t : -k 2,2n -k 5.3,5.4
 @end example
 
 Note that if you had written @samp{-k 2} instead of @samp{-k 2,2}
-@samp{sort} would have used all characters beginning in the second field
+@command{sort} would have used all characters beginning in the second field
 and extending to the end of the line as the primary @emph{numeric}
 key.  For the large majority of applications, treating keys spanning
 more than one field as numeric will not do what you expect.
@@ -2530,7 +2542,7 @@ Print only duplicate lines.
 Print all duplicate lines and only duplicate lines.
 This option is useful mainly in conjunction with other options e.g.,
 to ignore case or to compare only selected fields.
-This is a GNU extension.
+This is a @sc{gnu} extension.
 @c FIXME: give an example showing *how* it's useful
 
 @item -u
@@ -2659,15 +2671,15 @@ ptx -G [@var{option} @dots{}] [@var{input} [@var{output}]]
 @end example
 
 The @samp{-G} (or its equivalent: @samp{--traditional}) option disables
-all GNU extensions and reverts to traditional mode, thus introducing some
+all @sc{gnu} extensions and reverts to traditional mode, thus introducing some
 limitations and changing several of the program's default option values.
-When @samp{-G} is not specified, GNU extensions are always enabled.  GNU
-extensions to @code{ptx} are documented wherever appropriate in this
+When @samp{-G} is not specified, @sc{gnu} extensions are always enabled.
+@sc{gnu} extensions to @code{ptx} are documented wherever appropriate in this
 document.  For the full list, see @xref{Compatibility in ptx}.
 
 Individual options are explained in the following sections.
 
-When GNU extensions are enabled, there may be zero, one or several
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, there may be zero, one or several
 @var{file}s after the options.  If there is no @var{file}, the program
 reads the standard input.  If there is one or several @var{file}s, they
 give the name of input files which are all read in turn, as if all the
@@ -2677,7 +2689,7 @@ file names and line numbers refer to individual text input files.  In
 all cases, the program outputs the permuted index to the standard
 output.
 
-When GNU extensions are @emph{not} enabled, that is, when the program
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are @emph{not} enabled, that is, when the program
 operates in traditional mode, there may be zero, one or two parameters
 besides the options.  If there are no parameters, the program reads the
 standard input and outputs the permuted index to the standard output.
@@ -2687,7 +2699,7 @@ respectively the name of the @var{input} file to read and the name of
 the @var{output} file to produce.  @emph{Be very careful} to note that,
 in this case, the contents of file given by the second parameter is
 destroyed.  This behavior is dictated by System V @code{ptx}
-compatibility; GNU Standards normally discourage output parameters not
+compatibility; @sc{gnu} Standards normally discourage output parameters not
 introduced by an option.
 
 Note that for @emph{any} file named as the value of an option or as an
@@ -2716,7 +2728,7 @@ exit without further processing.
 
 @item -G
 @itemx --traditional
-As already explained, this option disables all GNU extensions to
+As already explained, this option disables all @sc{gnu} extensions to
 @code{ptx} and switches to traditional mode.
 
 @item --help
@@ -2737,7 +2749,7 @@ processing.
 As it is set up now, the program assumes that the input file is coded
 using 8-bit ISO 8859-1 code, also known as Latin-1 character set,
 @emph{unless} it is compiled for MS-DOS, in which case it uses the
-character set of the IBM-PC.  (GNU @code{ptx} is not known to work on
+character set of the IBM-PC.  (@sc{gnu} @code{ptx} is not known to work on
 smaller MS-DOS machines anymore.)  Compared to 7-bit @sc{ascii}, the set
 of characters which are letters is different; this alters the behavior
 of regular expression matching.  Thus, the default regular expression
@@ -2770,9 +2782,9 @@ is not part of the Break file is a word constituent.  If both options
 @samp{-b} and @samp{-W} are specified, then @samp{-W} has precedence and
 @samp{-b} is ignored.
 
-When GNU extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
+When @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, the only way to avoid newline as a
 break character is to write all the break characters in the file with no
-newline at all, not even at the end of the file.  When GNU extensions
+newline at all, not even at the end of the file.  When @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, spaces, tabs and newlines are always considered as break
 characters even if not included in the Break file.
 
@@ -2799,9 +2811,9 @@ is ignored.  The file is called the @dfn{Only file}.  The file contains
 exactly one word in each line; the end of line separation of words is
 not subject to the value of the @samp{-S} option.
 
-There is no default for the Only file.  In the case there are both an
-Only file and an Ignore file, a word can be a keyword only if it is
-given in the Only file and not given in the Ignore file.
+There is no default for the Only file.  When both an Only file and an
+Ignore file are specified, a word is considered a keyword only
+if it is listed in the Only file and not in the Ignore file.
 
 @item -r
 @itemx --references
@@ -2815,7 +2827,7 @@ Using this option changes the default value for option @samp{-S}.
 Using this option, the program does not try very hard to remove
 references from contexts in output, but it succeeds in doing so
 @emph{when} the context ends exactly at the newline.  If option
-@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when GNU extensions
+@samp{-r} is used with @samp{-S} default value, or when @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, this condition is always met and references are completely
 excluded from the output contexts.
 
@@ -2826,15 +2838,15 @@ This option selects which regular expression will describe the end of a
 line or the end of a sentence.  In fact, this regular expression is not
 the only distinction between end of lines or end of sentences, and input
 line boundaries have no special significance outside this option.  By
-default, when GNU extensions are enabled and if @samp{-r} option is not
+default, when @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled and if @samp{-r} option is not
 used, end of sentences are used.  In this case, this @var{regex} is
-imported from GNU Emacs:
+imported from @sc{gnu} Emacs:
 
 @example
 [.?!][]\"')@}]*\\($\\|\t\\|  \\)[ \t\n]*
 @end example
 
-Whenever GNU extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
+Whenever @sc{gnu} extensions are disabled or if @samp{-r} option is used, end
 of lines are used; in this case, the default @var{regexp} is just:
 
 @example
@@ -2866,8 +2878,8 @@ corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 @itemx --word-regexp=@var{regexp}
 
 This option selects which regular expression will describe each keyword.
-By default, if GNU extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
-letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When GNU extensions are
+By default, if @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, a word is a sequence of
+letters; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{\w+}.  When @sc{gnu} extensions are
 disabled, a word is by default anything which ends with a space, a tab
 or a newline; the @var{regexp} used is @samp{[^ \t\n]+}.
 
@@ -2887,14 +2899,14 @@ the corresponding characters by @code{ptx} itself.
 
 Output format is mainly controlled by the @samp{-O} and @samp{-T} options
 described in the table below.  When neither @samp{-O} nor @samp{-T} are
-selected, and if GNU extensions are enabled, the program chooses an
+selected, and if @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, the program chooses an
 output format suitable for a dumb terminal.  Each keyword occurrence is
 output to the center of one line, surrounded by its left and right
 contexts.  Each field is properly justified, so the concordance output
 can be readily observed.  As a special feature, if automatic
 references are selected by option @samp{-A} and are output before the
 left context, that is, if option @samp{-R} is @emph{not} selected, then
-a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with GNU
+a colon is added after the reference; this nicely interfaces with @sc{gnu}
 Emacs @code{next-error} processing.  In this default output format, each
 white space character, like newline and tab, is merely changed to
 exactly one space, with no special attempt to compress consecutive
@@ -2915,13 +2927,13 @@ output line.
 @item -w @var{number}
 @itemx --width=@var{number}
 
-Select the output maximum width of each final line.  If references are
-used, they are included or excluded from the output maximum width
+Select the maximum output width of each final line.  If references are
+used, they are included or excluded from the maximum output width
 depending on the value of option @samp{-R}.  If this option is not
 selected, that is, when references are output before the left context,
-the output maximum width takes into account the maximum length of all
+the maximum output width takes into account the maximum length of all
 references.  If this option is selected, that is, when references are
-output after the right context, the output maximum width does not take
+output after the right context, the maximum output width does not take
 into account the space taken by references, nor the gap that precedes
 them.
 
@@ -2938,17 +2950,16 @@ reference is used at output time, overriding the input reference.
 @item -R
 @itemx --right-side-refs
 
-In default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
-reference produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
-given to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  In
-default output format, when option @samp{-R} is specified, references
-are rather given to the beginning of each output line, before the left
-context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is almost
-ignored, except for the fact that the width of references is @emph{not}
-taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w} whenever
-@samp{-R} is selected.
+In the default output format, when option @samp{-R} is not used, any
+references produced by the effect of options @samp{-r} or @samp{-A} are
+placed to the far right of output lines, after the right context.  With
+default output format, when the @samp{-R} option is specified, references
+are rather placed at the beginning of each output line, before the left
+context.  For any other output format, option @samp{-R} is
+ignored, with one exception:  with @samp{-R} the width of references
+is @emph{not} taken into account in total output width given by @samp{-w}.
 
-This option is automatically selected whenever GNU extensions are
+This option is automatically selected whenever @sc{gnu} extensions are
 disabled.
 
 @item -F @var{string}
@@ -2990,8 +3001,8 @@ processing.  Each output line will look like:
 @end smallexample
 
 so it will be possible to write a @samp{.xx} roff macro to take care of
-the output typesetting.  This is the default output format when GNU
-extensions are disabled.  Option @samp{-M} might be used to change
+the output typesetting.  This is the default output format when @sc{gnu}
+extensions are disabled.  Option @samp{-M} can be used to change
 @samp{xx} to another macro name.
 
 In this output format, each non-graphical character, like newline and
@@ -3014,48 +3025,48 @@ so it will be possible to write a @code{\xx} definition to take care of
 the output typesetting.  Note that when references are not being
 produced, that is, neither option @samp{-A} nor option @samp{-r} is
 selected, the last parameter of each @code{\xx} call is inhibited.
-Option @samp{-M} might be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
+Option @samp{-M} can be used to change @samp{xx} to another macro
 name.
 
 In this output format, some special characters, like @kbd{$}, @kbd{%},
 @kbd{&}, @kbd{#} and @kbd{_} are automatically protected with a
-backslash.  Curly brackets @kbd{@{}, @kbd{@}} are also protected with a
-backslash, but also enclosed in a pair of dollar signs to force
-mathematical mode.  The backslash itself produces the sequence
-@code{\backslash@{@}}.  Circumflex and tilde diacritics produce the
-sequence @code{^\@{ @}} and @code{~\@{ @}} respectively.  Other
-diacriticized characters of the underlying character set produce an
-appropriate @TeX{} sequence as far as possible.  The other non-graphical
-characters, like newline and tab, and all others characters which are
-not part of @sc{ascii}, are merely changed to exactly one space, with no
-special attempt to compress consecutive spaces.  Let me know how to
-improve this special character processing for @TeX{}.
+backslash.  Curly brackets @kbd{@{}, @kbd{@}} are protected with a
+backslash and a pair of dollar signs (to force mathematical mode).  The
+backslash itself produces the sequence @code{\backslash@{@}}.
+Circumflex and tilde diacritics produce the sequence @code{^\@{ @}} and
+@code{~\@{ @}} respectively.  Other diacriticized characters of the
+underlying character set produce an appropriate @TeX{} sequence as far
+as possible.  The other non-graphical characters, like newline and tab,
+and all other characters which are not part of @sc{ascii}, are merely
+changed to exactly one space, with no special attempt to compress
+consecutive spaces.  Let me know how to improve this special character
+processing for @TeX{}.
 
 @end table
 
 
 @node Compatibility in ptx
-@subsection The GNU extensions to @code{ptx}
+@subsection The @sc{gnu} extensions to @code{ptx}
 
 This version of @code{ptx} contains a few features which do not exist in
 System V @code{ptx}.  These extra features are suppressed by using the
 @samp{-G} command line option, unless overridden by other command line
-options.  Some GNU extensions cannot be recovered by overriding, so the
-simple rule is to avoid @samp{-G} if you care about GNU extensions.
+options.  Some @sc{gnu} extensions cannot be recovered by overriding, so the
+simple rule is to avoid @samp{-G} if you care about @sc{gnu} extensions.
 Here are the differences between this program and System V @code{ptx}.
 
 @itemize @bullet
 
 @item
 This program can read many input files at once, it always writes the
-resulting concordance on standard output.  On the other end, System V
-@code{ptx} reads only one file and produce the result on standard output
+resulting concordance on standard output.  On the other hand, System V
+@code{ptx} reads only one file and sends the result to standard output
 or, if a second @var{file} parameter is given on the command, to that
 @var{file}.
 
-Having output parameters not introduced by options is a quite dangerous
-practice which GNU avoids as far as possible.  So, for using @code{ptx}
-portably between GNU and System V, you should always use it with a
+Having output parameters not introduced by options is a dangerous
+practice which @sc{gnu} avoids as far as possible.  So, for using @code{ptx}
+portably between @sc{gnu} and System V, you should always use it with a
 single input file, and always expect the result on standard output.  You
 might also want to automatically configure in a @samp{-G} option to
 @code{ptx} calls in products using @code{ptx}, if the configurator finds
@@ -3064,9 +3075,9 @@ that the installed @code{ptx} accepts @samp{-G}.
 @item
 The only options available in System V @code{ptx} are options @samp{-b},
 @samp{-f}, @samp{-g}, @samp{-i}, @samp{-o}, @samp{-r}, @samp{-t} and
-@samp{-w}.  All other options are GNU extensions and are not repeated in
+@samp{-w}.  All other options are @sc{gnu} extensions and are not repeated in
 this enumeration.  Moreover, some options have a slightly different
-meaning when GNU extensions are enabled, as explained below.
+meaning when @sc{gnu} extensions are enabled, as explained below.
 
 @item
 By default, concordance output is not formatted for @code{troff} or
@@ -3075,29 +3086,29 @@ or @code{nroff} output may still be selected through option @samp{-O}.
 
 @item
 Unless @samp{-R} option is used, the maximum reference width is
-subtracted from the total output line width.  With GNU extensions
+subtracted from the total output line width.  With @sc{gnu} extensions
 disabled, width of references is not taken into account in the output
 line width computations.
 
 @item
 All 256 characters, even @kbd{NUL}s, are always read and processed from
-input file with no adverse effect, even if GNU extensions are disabled.
+input file with no adverse effect, even if @sc{gnu} extensions are disabled.
 However, System V @code{ptx} does not accept 8-bit characters, a few
 control characters are rejected, and the tilde @kbd{~} is also rejected.
 
 @item
-Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if GNU
+Input line length is only limited by available memory, even if @sc{gnu}
 extensions are disabled.  However, System V @code{ptx} processes only
 the first 200 characters in each line.
 
 @item
 The break (non-word) characters default to be every character except all
-letters of the underlying character set, diacriticized or not.  When GNU
+letters of the underlying character set, diacriticized or not.  When @sc{gnu}
 extensions are disabled, the break characters default to space, tab and
 newline only.
 
 @item
-The program makes better use of output line width.  If GNU extensions
+The program makes better use of output line width.  If @sc{gnu} extensions
 are disabled, the program rather tries to imitate System V @code{ptx},
 but still, there are some slight disposition glitches this program does
 not completely reproduce.
@@ -3134,7 +3145,7 @@ cut [@var{option}]@dots{} [@var{file}]@dots{}
 In the table which follows, the @var{byte-list}, @var{character-list},
 and @var{field-list} are one or more numbers or ranges (two numbers
 separated by a dash) separated by commas.  Bytes, characters, and
-fields are numbered from starting at 1.  Incomplete ranges may be
+fields are numbered starting at 1.  Incomplete ranges may be
 given: @samp{-@var{m}} means @samp{1-@var{m}}; @samp{@var{n}-} means
 @samp{@var{n}} through end of line or last field.
 
@@ -3332,7 +3343,7 @@ Print a line for each unpairable line in file @var{file-number}
 
 @end table
 
-In addition, when GNU @code{join} is invoked with exactly one argument,
+In addition, when @sc{gnu} @code{join} is invoked with exactly one argument,
 options @samp{--help} and @samp{--version} are recognized.  @xref{Common
 options}.
 
@@ -3440,7 +3451,7 @@ from @var{m} through @var{n}, in ascending order.  @var{m} should
 collate before @var{n}; if it doesn't, an error results.  As an example,
 @samp{0-9} is the same as @samp{0123456789}.
 
-GNU @code{tr} does not support the System V syntax that uses square
+@sc{gnu} @code{tr} does not support the System V syntax that uses square
 brackets to enclose ranges.  Translations specified in that format
 sometimes work as expected, since the brackets are often transliterated
 to themselves.  However, they should be avoided because they sometimes
@@ -3528,7 +3539,7 @@ The syntax @samp{[=@var{c}=]} expands to all of the characters that are
 equivalent to @var{c}, in no particular order.  Equivalence classes are
 a relatively recent invention intended to support non-English alphabets.
 But there seems to be no standard way to define them or determine their
-contents.  Therefore, they are not fully implemented in GNU @code{tr};
+contents.  Therefore, they are not fully implemented in @sc{gnu} @code{tr};
 each character's equivalence class consists only of that character,
 which is of no particular use.
 
@@ -3576,8 +3587,8 @@ BSD @code{tr} pads @var{set2} to the length of @var{set1} by repeating
 the last character of @var{set2} as many times as necessary.  System V
 @code{tr} truncates @var{set1} to the length of @var{set2}.
 
-By default, GNU @code{tr} handles this case like BSD @code{tr}.  When
-the @samp{--truncate-set1} (@samp{-t}) option is given, GNU @code{tr}
+By default, @sc{gnu} @code{tr} handles this case like BSD @code{tr}.  When
+the @samp{--truncate-set1} (@samp{-t}) option is given, @sc{gnu} @code{tr}
 handles this case like the System V @code{tr} instead.  This option is
 ignored for operations other than translation.
 
@@ -3716,7 +3727,7 @@ following warning and error messages, for strict compliance with
 
 @item
 When the @samp{--delete} option is given but @samp{--squeeze-repeats}
-is not, and @var{set2} is given, GNU @code{tr} by default prints
+is not, and @var{set2} is given, @sc{gnu} @code{tr} by default prints
 a usage message and exits, because @var{set2} would not be used.
 The @sc{posix} specification says that @var{set2} must be ignored in
 this case. Silently ignoring arguments is a bad idea.
@@ -3728,9 +3739,9 @@ value 400 octal does not fit into a single byte.
 
 @end enumerate
 
-GNU @code{tr} does not provide complete BSD or System V compatibility.
+@sc{gnu} @code{tr} does not provide complete BSD or System V compatibility.
 For example, it is impossible to disable interpretation of the @sc{posix}
-constructs @samp{[:alpha:]}, @samp{[=c=]}, and @samp{[c*10]}.  Also, GNU
+constructs @samp{[:alpha:]}, @samp{[=c=]}, and @samp{[c*10]}.  Also, @sc{gnu}
 @code{tr} does not delete zero bytes automatically, unlike traditional
 Unix versions, which provide no way to preserve zero bytes.
 
@@ -3855,13 +3866,13 @@ Robbins.
 @node Toolbox introduction
 @unnumberedsec Toolbox introduction
 
-This month's column is only peripherally related to the GNU Project, in
-that it describes a number of the GNU tools on your Linux system and how they
-might be used.  What it's really about is the ``Software Tools'' philosophy
+This month's column is only peripherally related to the @sc{gnu} Project, in
+that it describes a number of the @sc{gnu} tools on your Linux system and how
+they might be used.  What it's really about is the ``Software Tools'' philosophy
 of program development and usage.
 
 The software tools philosophy was an important and integral concept
-in the initial design and development of Unix (of which Linux and GNU are
+in the initial design and development of Unix (of which Linux and @sc{gnu} are
 essentially clones).  Unfortunately, in the modern day press of
 Internetworking and flashy GUIs, it seems to have fallen by the
 wayside.  This is a shame, since it provides a powerful mental model
@@ -4354,8 +4365,8 @@ appropriate tool, build one.
 As of this writing, all the programs we've discussed are available via
 anonymous @code{ftp} from @code{prep.ai.mit.edu} as
 @file{/pub/gnu/textutils-1.9.tar.gz}.@footnote{Version 1.9 was current
-when this column was written. Check the nearest GNU archive for the
-current version.  The main GNU FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}
+when this column was written. Check the nearest @sc{gnu} archive for the
+current version.  The main @sc{gnu} FTP site is now @code{ftp.gnu.org}.}
 
 None of what I have presented in this column is new. The Software Tools
 philosophy was first introduced in the book @cite{Software Tools},
@@ -4381,8 +4392,8 @@ whose members had ported the original @code{ratfor} programs to essentially
 every computer system with a FORTRAN compiler.  The popularity of the
 group waned in the middle '80s as Unix began to spread beyond universities.
 
-With the current proliferation of GNU code and other clones of Unix programs,
-these programs now receive little attention; modern C versions are
+With the current proliferation of @sc{gnu} code and other clones of Unix
+programs, these programs now receive little attention; modern C versions are
 much more efficient and do more than these programs do.  Nevertheless, as
 exposition of good programming style, and evangelism for a still-valuable
 philosophy, these books are unparalleled, and I recommend them highly.

lib/.gdb-history

@@ -217,3 +217,13 @@ p delta
 n
 p Start
 q
+b dir_name
+r
+n
+p slash
+n
+n
+n
+p slash
+p slash - path + 1
+q

lib/ChangeLog

@@ -1,5 +1,286 @@
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hash.c (is_prime): Return explicit boolean values.
+	(hash_get_first): Return NULL to appease Irix5.6's 89.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* localcharset.c (locale_charset): Add support for Win32.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* physmem.h, physmem.c: New files.
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add physmem.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add physmem.h.
+
+	* xstrtol.c (__xstrtol): Add undocumented suffixes 'g' and
+	't' for compatibility with Solaris 8 sort.
+
+2000-12-18  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add support for BeOS.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c [!SHELLS_FILE && __DJGPP__]: Define
+	SHELLS_FILE to a file name that's useful on djgpp systems.
+	Include stdlib.h.
+	(ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS): Define.
+	(default_shells): Prepend ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS.
+	Based mostly on a patch from Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	This bug had a serious impact on chown: `chown N:M FILE' (for integer
+	N and M) would have treated it like `chown N:N FILE'.
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Fix typo: s/u/g/.
+
+2000-10-31  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* config.charset: Add ISO-8859-3, BIG5HKSCS, GB18030, JOHAB, VISCII,
+	CP874, CP949, CP950, CP1250, CP1253, CP1254, CP1255, CP1256, CP1257
+	to the list of canonical encodings. Rename EUC-CN to GB2312.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* mbswidth.c (mbsnwidth): Don't loop endlessly when called with an
+	invalid mulitbyte sequence and with the MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID flag set.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* stripslash.c (ISSLASH): Define.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes): Use ISSLASH rather than comparing against `/'.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+	* dirname.c (FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN): Define.
+	(dir_name_r): Declare this function as static.
+	[BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR]: Fix a bug that'd
+	manifest itself on a name containing a mix of slashes and
+	backslashes.
+	Make this function work with names starting with a DOS-style
+	drive letter and colon prefix.
+	(dir_name): Append `.' if necessary.
+	Based mostly on patches from Prashant TR and Eli Zaretskii.
+
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Remove prototype.
+
+2000-12-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): Add `const' in a few local declarations.
+
+2000-12-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* path-concat.c: [!HAVE_DECL_MALLOC]: Declare malloc.
+	Also include memory.h, stdlib.h, unistd.h if appropriate.
+	Reported by Andreas Jaeger (conflicting declaration of malloc).
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* closeout.h: Make idempotent, to avoid some obscure warnings.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/memrchr.c: Include <config.h> before any system include file.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/dirname.c (dir_name_r): Fix typo: int -> size_t.
+
+2000-11-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memcoll.c: Include sys/types.h.  From Werner Almesberger.
+
+2000-11-22  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* lib/strftime.c (my_strftime): Do not invoke mbrlen with a
+	size of (size_t) -1; it's not portable.
+
+2000-11-17  Akim Demaille  <akim@epita.fr>
+
+	* lib/obstack.h: Formatting changes.
+	(obstack_grow, obstack_grow0): Don't cast WHERE at all: that would
+	prevent type checking.
+	(obstack_ptr_grow, obstack_ptr_grow_fast): When assigning, don't
+	cast the value to (void *): assigning a `foo *' to a `void *'
+	variable is valid.
+	(obstack_int_grow, obstack_int_grow_fast): Don't cast AINT to int.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strstr.c: Update from GNU libc.
+
+2000-11-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strverscmp.c: Incorporate weak-alias-related changes from glibc.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* error.c: Add a couple #includes, merging from GNU libc version.
+
+2000-11-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.h: Update from GNU libc.
+	* obstack.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell): Use rewind rather than
+	fseek/fseeko, to avoid configuration hassles with fseeko.
+	Don't bother opening SHELLS_FILE if shellstream is NULL;
+	it's not necessary.
+
+2000-11-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* makepath.h (make_dir): Declare.
+	* makepath.c (make_dir): Remove `static' attribute.
+	Tweak a comment.
+
+2000-11-04  Alexandre Duret-Lutz  <duret_g@epita.fr>
+
+	* hash.c (hash_get_next): Fix a thinko:  when ENTRY is the
+	last one in a bucket, advance to the next bucket.
+
+2000-11-02  Vesselin Atanasov  <vesselin@bgnet.bg>
+
+	* fnmatch.c: Do not comment out all the code if we are using
+	the GNU C library, because in some cases we are replacing buggy
+	code in the GNU C library itself.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* error.h, getline.h, modechange.h:
+	Remove "2000" from Copyright line, as the file hasn't been
+	changed this year other than in the copyright notice.
+
+	* xalloc.h: Add "2000" to Copyright line, as this file
+	was changed this year.
+
+2000-10-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* fnmatch.c (FOLD): Do not assume that characters are unsigned.
+	(fnmatch): Fix some FNM_FILE_NAME and FNM_LEADING_DIR bugs,
+	e.g. fnmatch("d*/*1", "d/s/1", FNM_FILE_NAME) incorrectly yielded zero.
+
+2000-10-29  Greg Louis  <glouis@dynamicro.on.ca>
+
+	* regex.h (__restrict_arr): Move definition out of #ifndef block.
+	Required because egcs-2.91.66 (aka 1.1.2) defines __restrict, but
+	doesn't define __restrict_arr.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstat.in: Fix grammar in comment.
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* memchr.c: Update from libc.
+	Adjust for portability:
+	[HAVE_STDLIB_H]: Include stdlib.h.
+	[HAVE_BP_SYM_H || _LIBC]: Guard inclusion of bp-sym.h.
+	Undef __memchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memchr to memchr.
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+	* regex.h: Likewise.
+	* getopt1.c: Likewise.
+	* memcmp.c: Likewise.
+
+	* getusershell.c (setusershell) [HAVE_FSEEKO]: Use fseeko.
+	Avoid using fseek, when possible -- it's broken by design.
+	Patch by Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* strftime.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* obstack.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Revert last change -- it was simply
+	wrong.  That set_locale call must not have any side effects.
+	From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.c (md5_process_block) [OP]: Use `rol', not CYCLIC.
+	[CYCLIC]: Remove now-unused definition.
+
+	* save-cwd.c (O_DIRECTORY): Define, if needed.
+	(save_cwd) [HAVE_FCHDIR]: Use O_DIRECTORY when opening ".".
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (dir_name_r): New function, factored out of dir_name.
+	(dir_name): Use dir_name_r.
+	* dirname.h (dir_name_r): Declare it.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dirname.c (memrchr): Declare if necessary.
+	(dir_name): Remove the restriction that there be no
+	trailing slashes.  Now, this code skips past them, effectively
+	ignoring them.
+	[TEST_DIRNAME] (main): New unit tests.
+
+	* memrchr.c: New file from GNU libc.
+	Undef __memrchr, too.
+	[!weak_alias]: Define __memrchr to memrchr.
+	Guard weak_alias use with `#ifdef weak_alias'.
+
+2000-10-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* quote.h (PARAMS): Define and use.
+	Reported by Akim Demaille.
+
+	* getopt.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-10-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* hard-locale.c (hard_locale): Use "", not 0 as 2nd arg to setlocale.
+	From Jan Fedak.
+
+2000-09-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* md5.h (rol): Define (from GnuPG).
+
+	* sha.c: Give credit (GnuPG) where due.
+	(M): Use rol rather than open-coding it.
+	Add a FIXME comment.
+
+2000-09-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* userspec.c (parse_user_spec): Remove debugging printf I'd added.
+	Reported by Michael Stone.
+
+2000-09-20  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (libfetish_a_SOURCES): Add sha.c.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add sha.h.
+	Based on code from Scott G. Miller and from GnuPG.
+
+2000-09-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.c: Update from libc.
+
+2000-09-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getopt.c (_getopt_internal): Update from glibc.
+
 2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
+	* quotearg.c: Rename ISASCII to IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN, so people don't
+	think it should be used as a general replacement for isascii.
+	* fnmatch.c: Likewise.
+	* mbswidth.c: Likewise
+	* regex.c: Likewise.
+
 	Don't use atoi.
 	* userspec.c: Include sys/param.h and limits.h.
 	Include xstrtol.h.

lib/Makefile.am

@@ -13,9 +13,9 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
-  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
   xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
@@ -29,8 +29,9 @@ noinst_HEADERS = \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
-  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
 BUILT_SOURCES = getdate.c lstat.c stat.c

lib/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -128,9 +129,9 @@ libfetish_a_SOURCES = \
   full-write.c getopt.c getopt1.c getstr.c getugroups.c hard-locale.c hash.c \
   human.c idcache.c isdir.c linebuffer.c localcharset.c long-options.c \
   makepath.c mbswidth.c md5.c memcasecmp.c memcoll.c modechange.c \
-  path-concat.c \
+  path-concat.c physmem.c \
   quote.c quotearg.c readtokens.c safe-read.c same.c save-cwd.c \
-  savedir.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
+  savedir.c sha.c stripslash.c unicodeio.c userspec.c version-etc.c xgetcwd.c \
   xgethostname.c xmalloc.c xstrdup.c xstrtod.c xstrtol.c xstrtoul.c \
   xstrtoumax.c yesno.c
 
@@ -145,8 +146,9 @@ noinst_HEADERS = \
   getstr.h getpagesize.h group-member.h hard-locale.h hash.h human.h lchown.h \
   linebuffer.h long-options.h mbswidth.h md5.h memcasecmp.h memcoll.h \
   makepath.h mbswidth.h modechange.h mountlist.h nanosleep.h obstack.h \
-  path-concat.h pathmax.h posixtm.h quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
-  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h \
+  path-concat.h pathmax.h physmem.h posixtm.h \
+  quote.h quotearg.h readtokens.h \
+  readutmp.h regex.h safe-read.h same.h save-cwd.h savedir.h sha.h \
   strverscmp.h unicodeio.h version-etc.h xalloc.h xstrtod.h xstrtol.h
 
 
@@ -179,11 +181,12 @@ diacrit$U.o dirname$U.o exclude$U.o filemode$U.o full-write$U.o \
 getopt$U.o getopt1$U.o getstr$U.o getugroups$U.o hard-locale$U.o \
 hash$U.o human$U.o idcache$U.o isdir$U.o linebuffer$U.o \
 localcharset$U.o long-options$U.o makepath$U.o mbswidth$U.o md5$U.o \
-memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o quote$U.o \
-quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o save-cwd$U.o \
-savedir$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o \
-xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o xstrdup$U.o xstrtod$U.o \
-xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o yesno$U.o
+memcasecmp$U.o memcoll$U.o modechange$U.o path-concat$U.o physmem$U.o \
+quote$U.o quotearg$U.o readtokens$U.o safe-read$U.o same$U.o \
+save-cwd$U.o savedir$U.o sha$U.o stripslash$U.o unicodeio$U.o \
+userspec$U.o version-etc$U.o xgetcwd$U.o xgethostname$U.o xmalloc$U.o \
+xstrdup$U.o xstrtod$U.o xstrtol$U.o xstrtoul$U.o xstrtoumax$U.o \
+yesno$U.o
 libfetish_a_OBJECTS =  $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 AR = ar
 COMPILE = $(CC) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(AM_CFLAGS) $(CFLAGS)
@@ -213,33 +216,35 @@ $(DEPDIR)/localcharset$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/long-options$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/lstat.Po $(DEPDIR)/makepath$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/malloc.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/mbswidth$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/md5$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcasecmp$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/memchr.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po $(DEPDIR)/memset.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/mountlist.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po $(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/memset.Po $(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/mountlist.Po $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/quotearg$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readtokens$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/readutmp.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/realloc.Po $(DEPDIR)/regex.Po $(DEPDIR)/rmdir.Po \
 $(DEPDIR)/rpmatch.Po $(DEPDIR)/safe-read$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/same$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/stat.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/stime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strcspn.Po $(DEPDIR)/strdup.Po $(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/stripslash$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/strncasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strndup.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strnlen.Po $(DEPDIR)/strpbrk.Po $(DEPDIR)/strstr.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strtod.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtol.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoul.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/strtoull.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoumax.Po $(DEPDIR)/strverscmp.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/unicodeio$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/userspec$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/utime.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/version-etc$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xgetcwd$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/xgethostname$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtod$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtol$U.Po \
-$(DEPDIR)/xstrtoul$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtoumax$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/yesno$U.Po
+$(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/sha$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/stat.Po $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strcasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strcspn.Po $(DEPDIR)/strdup.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strftime.Po $(DEPDIR)/stripslash$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strncasecmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/strndup.Po $(DEPDIR)/strnlen.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strpbrk.Po $(DEPDIR)/strstr.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtod.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strtol.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoul.Po $(DEPDIR)/strtoull.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/strtoumax.Po $(DEPDIR)/strverscmp.Po $(DEPDIR)/unicodeio$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/userspec$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/utime.Po $(DEPDIR)/version-etc$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/xgetcwd$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xgethostname$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/xmalloc$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrdup$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtod$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/xstrtol$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/xstrtoul$U.Po \
+$(DEPDIR)/xstrtoumax$U.Po $(DEPDIR)/yesno$U.Po
 DIST_COMMON =  README $(noinst_HEADERS) ChangeLog Makefile.am \
 Makefile.in TODO __fpending.c alloca.c atexit.c chown.c dup2.c error.c \
 error.h euidaccess.c fileblocks.c fnmatch.c fsusage.c ftruncate.c \
 getdate.c getgroups.c gethostname.c getline.c getloadavg.c getpass.c \
 getusershell.c group-member.c lchown.c malloc.c memchr.c memcmp.c \
-memcpy.c memmove.c memset.c mktime.c mountlist.c nanosleep.c obstack.c \
-obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rmdir.c rpmatch.c \
-stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c strftime.c \
+memcpy.c memmove.c memrchr.c memset.c mktime.c mountlist.c nanosleep.c \
+obstack.c obstack.h putenv.c readutmp.c realloc.c regex.c rmdir.c \
+rpmatch.c stime.c stpcpy.c strcasecmp.c strcspn.c strdup.c strftime.c \
 strncasecmp.c strndup.c strnlen.c strpbrk.c strstr.c strtod.c strtol.c \
 strtoul.c strtoull.c strtoumax.c strverscmp.c utime.c
 
@@ -252,7 +257,7 @@ OBJECTS = $(am_libfetish_a_OBJECTS)
 
 all: all-redirect
 .SUFFIXES:
-.SUFFIXES: .c .o .sed .sin .y
+.SUFFIXES: .sed .sin .c .o .y
 $(srcdir)/Makefile.in: Makefile.am $(top_srcdir)/configure.in $(ACLOCAL_M4) 
 	cd $(top_srcdir) && $(AUTOMAKE) --gnits lib/Makefile
 
@@ -407,6 +412,8 @@ memcpy_.c: memcpy.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memcpy.c; else echo memcpy.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memcpy_.c
 memmove_.c: memmove.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memmove.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memmove.c; else echo memmove.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memmove_.c
+memrchr_.c: memrchr.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memrchr.c; else echo memrchr.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memrchr_.c
 memset_.c: memset.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/memset.c; then echo $(srcdir)/memset.c; else echo memset.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > memset_.c
 mktime_.c: mktime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -421,6 +428,8 @@ obstack_.c: obstack.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/obstack.c; then echo $(srcdir)/obstack.c; else echo obstack.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > obstack_.c
 path-concat_.c: path-concat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/path-concat.c; else echo path-concat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > path-concat_.c
+physmem_.c: physmem.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/physmem.c; then echo $(srcdir)/physmem.c; else echo physmem.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > physmem_.c
 posixtm_.c: posixtm.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; then echo $(srcdir)/posixtm.c; else echo posixtm.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > posixtm_.c
 putenv_.c: putenv.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -449,6 +458,8 @@ save-cwd_.c: save-cwd.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; then echo $(srcdir)/save-cwd.c; else echo save-cwd.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > save-cwd_.c
 savedir_.c: savedir.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/savedir.c; then echo $(srcdir)/savedir.c; else echo savedir.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > savedir_.c
+sha_.c: sha.c $(ANSI2KNR)
+	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/sha.c; then echo $(srcdir)/sha.c; else echo sha.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > sha_.c
 stat_.c: stat.c $(ANSI2KNR)
 	$(CPP) $(DEFS) $(INCLUDES) $(AM_CPPFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) `if test -f $(srcdir)/stat.c; then echo $(srcdir)/stat.c; else echo stat.c; fi` | sed 's/^# \([0-9]\)/#line \1/' | $(ANSI2KNR) > stat_.c
 stime_.c: stime.c $(ANSI2KNR)
@@ -522,17 +533,17 @@ getopt1_.o getpass_.o getstr_.o getugroups_.o getusershell_.o \
 group-member_.o hard-locale_.o hash_.o human_.o idcache_.o isdir_.o \
 lchown_.o linebuffer_.o localcharset_.o long-options_.o lstat_.o \
 makepath_.o malloc_.o mbswidth_.o md5_.o memcasecmp_.o memchr_.o \
-memcmp_.o memcoll_.o memcpy_.o memmove_.o memset_.o mktime_.o \
-modechange_.o mountlist_.o nanosleep_.o obstack_.o path-concat_.o \
-posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o quotearg_.o readtokens_.o readutmp_.o \
-realloc_.o regex_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o safe-read_.o same_.o \
-save-cwd_.o savedir_.o stat_.o stime_.o stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o \
-strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o strncasecmp_.o \
-strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o strtod_.o strtol_.o \
-strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o unicodeio_.o \
-userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o xgethostname_.o \
-xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtod_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o xstrtoumax_.o \
-yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
+memcmp_.o memcoll_.o memcpy_.o memmove_.o memrchr_.o memset_.o \
+mktime_.o modechange_.o mountlist_.o nanosleep_.o obstack_.o \
+path-concat_.o physmem_.o posixtm_.o putenv_.o quote_.o quotearg_.o \
+readtokens_.o readutmp_.o realloc_.o regex_.o rmdir_.o rpmatch_.o \
+safe-read_.o same_.o save-cwd_.o savedir_.o sha_.o stat_.o stime_.o \
+stpcpy_.o strcasecmp_.o strcspn_.o strdup_.o strftime_.o stripslash_.o \
+strncasecmp_.o strndup_.o strnlen_.o strpbrk_.o strstr_.o strtod_.o \
+strtol_.o strtoul_.o strtoull_.o strtoumax_.o strverscmp_.o \
+unicodeio_.o userspec_.o utime_.o version-etc_.o xgetcwd_.o \
+xgethostname_.o xmalloc_.o xstrdup_.o xstrtod_.o xstrtol_.o xstrtoul_.o \
+xstrtoumax_.o yesno_.o : $(ANSI2KNR)
 .y.c:
 	$(YACC) $(AM_YFLAGS) $(YFLAGS) $< && mv y.tab.c $*.c
 	if test -f y.tab.h; then \
@@ -564,6 +575,11 @@ TAGS:  $(HEADERS) $(SOURCES)  $(TAGS_DEPENDENCIES) \
 	test -z "$(ETAGS_ARGS)$$unique$(LISP)$$tags" \
 	  || etags $(ETAGS_ARGS) $$tags  $$unique $(LISP)
 
+GTAGS:
+	here=`CDPATH=: && cd $(top_builddir) && pwd` \
+	  && cd $(top_srcdir) \
+	  && gtags -i $$here
+
 mostlyclean-tags:
 
 clean-tags:
@@ -627,6 +643,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memcoll$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memcpy.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memmove.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memrchr.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/memset.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/mktime.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/modechange$U.Po
@@ -634,6 +651,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/nanosleep.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/obstack.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/path-concat$U.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/physmem$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/posixtm$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/putenv.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/quote$U.Po
@@ -648,6 +666,7 @@ maintainer-clean-tags:
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/same$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/save-cwd$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/savedir$U.Po
+@AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/sha$U.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stat.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stime.Po
 @AMDEP@include $(DEPDIR)/stpcpy.Po
@@ -721,6 +740,9 @@ check-am: all-am
 check: check-am
 installcheck-am:
 installcheck: installcheck-am
+all-recursive-am: $(BUILT_SOURCES)
+	$(MAKE) $(AM_MAKEFLAGS) all-recursive
+
 install-exec-am: install-exec-local
 install-exec: install-exec-am
 
@@ -785,12 +807,12 @@ maintainer-clean-compile mostlyclean-kr distclean-kr clean-kr \
 maintainer-clean-kr tags mostlyclean-tags distclean-tags clean-tags \
 maintainer-clean-tags mostlyclean-depend distclean-depend clean-depend \
 maintainer-clean-depend distdir info-am info dvi-am dvi check check-am \
-installcheck-am installcheck install-exec-local install-exec-am \
-install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am install \
-uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect all-am \
-all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic distclean-generic \
-clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean mostlyclean distclean \
-maintainer-clean
+installcheck-am installcheck all-recursive-am install-exec-local \
+install-exec-am install-exec install-data-am install-data install-am \
+install uninstall-local uninstall-am uninstall all-local all-redirect \
+all-am all install-strip installdirs mostlyclean-generic \
+distclean-generic clean-generic maintainer-clean-generic clean \
+mostlyclean distclean maintainer-clean
 
 lstat.c: xstat.in
 	sed \

lib/closeout.h

@@ -1,12 +1,17 @@
-#ifndef PARAMS
-# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
-#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
-# else
-#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#ifndef CLOSEOUT_H
+# define CLOSEOUT_H 1
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
 # endif
-#endif
 
 void close_stdout_set_status PARAMS ((int status));
 void close_stdout_set_file_name PARAMS ((const char *file));
 void close_stdout PARAMS ((void));
 void close_stdout_status PARAMS ((int status));
+
+#endif

lib/config.charset

@@ -34,6 +34,7 @@
 #   ASCII, ANSI_X3.4-1968     glibc solaris freebsd
 #   ISO-8859-1                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris freebsd   yes
 #   ISO-8859-2                glibc aix hpux irix solaris freebsd       yes
+#   ISO-8859-3                glibc                                     yes
 #   ISO-8859-4                solaris                                   yes
 #   ISO-8859-5                glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
 #   ISO-8859-6                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
@@ -41,28 +42,41 @@
 #   ISO-8859-8                glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
 #   ISO-8859-9                glibc aix hpux irix osf solaris           yes
 #   ISO-8859-13               glibc
-#   ISO-8859-15               aix solaris freebsd
+#   ISO-8859-15               glibc aix solaris freebsd
 #   KOI8-R                    glibc solaris freebsd                     yes
 #   KOI8-U                    glibc                                     yes
 #   CP850                     aix osf
 #   CP856                     aix
 #   CP866                     freebsd
+#   CP874                     win32
 #   CP922                     aix
-#   CP932                     aix
+#   CP932                     aix win32
 #   CP943                     aix
+#   CP949                     win32
+#   CP950                     win32
 #   CP1046                    aix
 #   CP1124                    aix
 #   CP1129                    aix
-#   CP1251                    glibc
-#   CP1252                    aix
-#   EUC-CN                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   EUC-JP                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-KR                    aix hpux irix solaris                     yes
-#   EUC-TW                    aix hpux irix solaris
-#   BIG5                      aix hpux solaris                          yes
-#   GBK                       aix
+#   CP1250                    win32
+#   CP1251                    glibc win32
+#   CP1252                    aix win32
+#   CP1253                    win32
+#   CP1254                    win32
+#   CP1255                    win32
+#   CP1256                    win32
+#   CP1257                    win32
+#   GB2312                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-JP                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-KR                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris               yes
+#   EUC-TW                    glibc aix hpux irix solaris
+#   BIG5                      glibc aix hpux solaris                    yes
+#   BIG5HKSCS                 glibc
+#   GBK                       aix win32
+#   GB18030                   glibc
 #   SJIS                      hpux solaris
-#   TIS-620                   aix hpux solaris
+#   JOHAB                     glibc win32
+#   TIS-620                   glibc aix hpux solaris
+#   VISCII                    glibc                                     yes
 #   HP-ROMAN8                 hpux
 #   HP-ARABIC8                hpux
 #   HP-GREEK8                 hpux
@@ -117,7 +131,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "IBM-1124 CP1124"
 	echo "IBM-1129 CP1129"
 	echo "IBM-1252 CP1252"
-	echo "IBM-eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "IBM-eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "IBM-eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "IBM-eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "IBM-eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -146,7 +160,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
-	echo "hp15CN EUC-CN"
+	echo "hp15CN GB2312"
 	#echo "ccdc ?" # what is this?
 	echo "SJIS SJIS"
 	echo "utf8 UTF-8"
@@ -157,7 +171,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-5 ISO-8859-5"
 	echo "ISO8859-7 ISO-8859-7"
 	echo "ISO8859-9 ISO-8859-9"
-	echo "eucCN EUC-CN"
+	echo "eucCN GB2312"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
 	echo "eucKR EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucTW EUC-TW"
@@ -181,7 +195,7 @@ case "$os" in
 	echo "ISO8859-15 ISO-8859-15"
 	echo "koi8-r KOI8-R"
 	echo "BIG5 BIG5"
-	echo "gb2312 EUC-CN"
+	echo "gb2312 GB2312"
 	echo "cns11643 EUC-TW"
 	echo "5601 EUC-KR"
 	echo "eucJP EUC-JP"
@@ -213,4 +227,8 @@ case "$os" in
 	  echo "$l.CP866 CP866"
 	done
 	;;
+    beos*)
+	# BeOS has a single locale, and it has UTF-8 encoding.
+	echo "C UTF-8"
+	;;
 esac

lib/dirname.c

@@ -34,72 +34,156 @@ char *malloc ();
 #endif
 #include <assert.h>
 
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MEMRCHR
+void *memrchr ();
+#endif
+
 #include "dirname.h"
 
+#ifndef FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif
+
 #ifndef ISSLASH
 # define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
 #endif
 
 #define BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR ISSLASH ('\\')
 
-/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
-   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
-   Assumes that trailing slashes have already been
-   removed.  */
-
-char *
-dir_name (const char *path)
+/* Return the length of `dirname (PATH)' and set *RESULT to point
+   to PATH or to `"."', as appropriate.  Works properly even if
+   there are trailing slashes (by effectively ignoring them).
+   WARNING: This function doesn't work for cwd-relative names like
+   `a:foo' that are specified with a drive-letter prefix.  That case
+   is handled in the caller.  */
+static size_t
+dir_name_r (char const *path, char const **result)
 {
-  char *newpath;
-  char *slash;
-  int length;			/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
+  char const *slash;
+  size_t length;		/* Length of result, not including NUL.  */
 
   slash = strrchr (path, '/');
   if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
     {
-      char *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
+      char const *b = strrchr (path, '\\');
       if (b && slash < b)
 	slash = b;
     }
 
-  /* Make sure there are no trailing slashes.  */
-  assert (slash == NULL	   /* There are no slashes in PATH.  */
-	  || slash[1] != 0 /* There is a non-NUL byte after the last slash.  */
-	  || path == slash /* PATH is just `/'.  */
-	  );
+  /* If the last byte of PATH is a slash, decrement SLASH until it's
+     pointing at the leftmost in a sequence of trailing slashes.  */
+  if (slash && slash[1] == 0)
+    {
+      while (path < slash && ISSLASH (slash[-1]))
+	{
+	  --slash;
+	}
+
+      if (path < slash)
+	{
+	  size_t len = slash - path;
+	  slash = memrchr (path, '/', len);
+	  if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
+	    {
+	      char const *b = memrchr (path, '\\', len);
+	      if (b && slash < b)
+		slash = b;
+	    }
+	}
+    }
 
   if (slash == 0)
     {
       /* File is in the current directory.  */
-      path = ".";
-      length = 1;
+
+      length = FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
+
+      if (length == 0)
+	{
+	  path = ".";
+	  length = 1;
+	}
     }
   else
     {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  */
-      if (BACKSLASH_IS_PATH_SEPARATOR)
-	{
-	  const char *lim = ((path[0] >= 'A' && path[0] <= 'z'
-			      && path[1] == ':')
-			     ? path + 2 : path);
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes from the result.  If we have a
+	 canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
+      char const *lim = path + FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (path);
 
-	  /* If canonicalized "d:/path", leave alone the root case "d:/".  */
-	  while (slash > lim && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  while (slash > path && ISSLASH (*slash))
-	    --slash;
-	}
+      while (lim < slash && ISSLASH (*slash))
+	--slash;
 
       length = slash - path + 1;
     }
 
-  newpath = (char *) malloc (length + 1);
+  *result = path;
+  return length;
+}
+
+/* Return the leading directories part of PATH,
+   allocated with malloc.  If out of memory, return 0.
+   Works properly even if there are trailing slashes
+   (by effectively ignoring them).  */
+
+char *
+dir_name (char const *path)
+{
+  char const *result;
+  size_t length = dir_name_r (path, &result);
+  int append_dot = (length && length == FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN (newpath));
+  char *newpath = (char *) malloc (length + append_dot + 1);
   if (newpath == 0)
     return 0;
-  strncpy (newpath, path, length);
+  strncpy (newpath, result, length);
+  /* If PATH is "d:foo", return "d:.", the CWD on drive d:  */
+  if (append_dot)
+    newpath[length++] = '.';
   newpath[length] = 0;
   return newpath;
 }
+
+#ifdef TEST_DIRNAME
+/*
+
+Run the test like this (expect no output):
+  gcc -DHAVE_CONFIG_H -DTEST_DIRNAME -I.. -O -Wall memrchr.c dirname.c
+  sed -n '/^BEGIN-DATA$/,/^END-DATA$/p' dirname.c|grep -v DATA|./a.out
+
+BEGIN-DATA
+foo//// .
+bar/foo//// bar
+foo/ .
+/ /
+. .
+a .
+END-DATA
+
+*/
+
+# define MAX_BUFF_LEN 1024
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include <stdlib.h>
+
+int
+main ()
+{
+  char buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN + 1];
+
+  buff[MAX_BUFF_LEN] = 0;
+  while (fgets (buff, MAX_BUFF_LEN, stdin) && buff[0])
+    {
+      char path[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char expected_result[MAX_BUFF_LEN];
+      char const *result;
+      sscanf (buff, "%s %s", path, expected_result);
+      result = dir_name (path);
+      if (strcmp (result, expected_result))
+	printf ("%s: got %s, expected %s\n", path, result, expected_result);
+    }
+  exit (0);
+
+}
+#endif

lib/error.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Error handler for noninteractive utilities
-   Copyright (C) 1990-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -26,6 +26,9 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+# include <libintl.h>
+#endif
 
 #if HAVE_VPRINTF || HAVE_DOPRNT || _LIBC
 # if __STDC__
@@ -83,6 +86,11 @@ unsigned int error_message_count;
 # define error __error
 # define error_at_line __error_at_line
 
+# ifdef USE_IN_LIBIO
+#  include <libio/iolibio.h>
+#  define fflush(s) _IO_fflush (s)
+# endif
+
 #else /* not _LIBC */
 
 /* The calling program should define program_name and set it to the

lib/error.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* Declaration for error-reporting function
-   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.

lib/fnmatch.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright 1991, 1992, 1993, 1996, 1997, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
@@ -27,30 +27,18 @@
 #include <fnmatch.h>
 #include <ctype.h>
 
+#if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
+#else
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii (c)
+#endif
 
-/* Comment out all this code if we are using the GNU C Library, and are not
-   actually compiling the library itself.  This code is part of the GNU C
-   Library, but also included in many other GNU distributions.  Compiling
-   and linking in this code is a waste when using the GNU C library
-   (especially if it is a shared library).  Rather than having every GNU
-   program understand `configure --with-gnu-libc' and omit the object files,
-   it is simpler to just do this in the source for each such file.  */
-
-#if defined _LIBC || !defined __GNU_LIBRARY__
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
 
 
-# if defined STDC_HEADERS || !defined isascii
-#  define ISASCII(c) 1
-# else
-#  define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
-# endif
-
-# define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-
-
-# ifndef errno
+#ifndef errno
 extern int errno;
-# endif
+#endif
 
 /* Match STRING against the filename pattern PATTERN, returning zero if
    it matches, nonzero if not.  */
@@ -61,7 +49,9 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
   register char c;
 
 /* Note that this evaluates C many times.  */
-# define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER (c) ? tolower (c) : (c))
+#define FOLD(c) ((flags & FNM_CASEFOLD) && ISUPPER ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 ? tolower ((unsigned char) (c)) \
+                 : (c))
 
   while ((c = *p++) != '\0')
     {
@@ -99,13 +89,10 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
 	  for (c = *p++; c == '?' || c == '*'; c = *p++)
 	    {
-	      if ((flags & FNM_FILE_NAME) && *n == '/')
-		/* A slash does not match a wildcard under FNM_FILE_NAME.  */
-		return FNM_NOMATCH;
-	      else if (c == '?')
+	      if (c == '?')
 		{
 		  /* A ? needs to match one character.  */
-		  if (*n == '\0')
+		  if (*n == '\0' || (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME)))
 		    /* There isn't another character; no match.  */
 		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 		  else
@@ -117,7 +104,13 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	    }
 
 	  if (c == '\0')
-	    return 0;
+	    {
+	      if ((flags & (FNM_FILE_NAME | FNM_LEADING_DIR)) == FNM_FILE_NAME)
+		for (; *n != '\0'; n++)
+		  if (*n == '/')
+		    return FNM_NOMATCH;
+	      return 0;
+	    }
 
 	  {
 	    char c1 = (!(flags & FNM_NOESCAPE) && c == '\\') ? *p : c;
@@ -126,6 +119,8 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 	      if ((c == '[' || FOLD (*n) == c1) &&
 		  fnmatch (p, n, flags & ~FNM_PERIOD) == 0)
 		return 0;
+	      else if (*n == '/' && (flags & FNM_FILE_NAME))
+		break;
 	    return FNM_NOMATCH;
 	  }
 
@@ -231,7 +226,5 @@ fnmatch (const char *pattern, const char *string, int flags)
 
   return FNM_NOMATCH;
 
-# undef FOLD
+#undef FOLD
 }
-
-#endif	/* _LIBC or not __GNU_LIBRARY__.  */

lib/getline.h

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/*  Copyright (C) 1995, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/getopt.c

@@ -75,11 +75,12 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef _
-/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.
-   When compiling libc, the _ macro is predefined.  */
-# ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+/* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
+# if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #  include <libintl.h>
-#  define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  ifndef _
+#   define _(msgid)	gettext (msgid)
+#  endif
 # else
 #  define _(msgid)	(msgid)
 # endif
@@ -671,7 +672,8 @@ _getopt_internal (argc, argv, optstring, longopts, longind, long_only)
 		pfound = p;
 		indfound = option_index;
 	      }
-	    else if (pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
+	    else if (long_only
+		     || pfound->has_arg != p->has_arg
 		     || pfound->flag != p->flag
 		     || pfound->val != p->val)
 	      /* Second or later nonexact match found.  */

lib/getopt1.c

@@ -20,7 +20,10 @@
 
 #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 #include <config.h>
-#else
+#endif
+
+#include "getopt.h"
+
 #if !defined __STDC__ || !__STDC__
 /* This is a separate conditional since some stdc systems
    reject `defined (const)'.  */
@@ -28,9 +31,6 @@
 #define const
 #endif
 #endif
-#endif
-
-#include "getopt.h"
 
 #include <stdio.h>
 

lib/getusershell.c

@@ -22,11 +22,19 @@
 #endif
 
 #ifndef SHELLS_FILE
+# ifndef __DJGPP__
 /* File containing a list of nonrestricted shells, one per line. */
-# define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/etc/shells"
+# else
+/* This is a horrible kludge.  Isn't there a better way?  */
+#  define SHELLS_FILE "/dev/env/DJDIR/etc/shells"
+# endif
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
 #include <ctype.h>
 #include "xalloc.h"
 
@@ -40,9 +48,17 @@
 
 static int readname ();
 
+#if ! defined ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS && defined __MSDOS__
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS \
+  "c:/dos/command.com", "c:/windows/command.com", "c:/command.com",
+#else
+# define ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS /* empty */
+#endif
+
 /* List of shells to use if the shells file is missing. */
 static char const* const default_shells[] =
 {
+  ADDITIONAL_DEFAULT_SHELLS
   "/bin/sh", "/bin/csh", "/usr/bin/sh", "/usr/bin/csh", NULL
 };
 
@@ -100,10 +116,8 @@ void
 setusershell ()
 {
   default_index = 0;
-  if (shellstream == NULL)
-    shellstream = fopen (SHELLS_FILE, "r");
-  else
-    fseek (shellstream, 0L, 0);
+  if (shellstream)
+    rewind (shellstream);
 }
 
 /* Close the shells file. */

lib/hash.c

@@ -263,11 +263,12 @@ hash_get_first (const Hash_table *table)
       return bucket->data;
 
   assert (0);
+  return NULL;
 }
 
 /* Return the user data for the entry following ENTRY, where ENTRY has been
    returned by a previous call to either `hash_get_first' or `hash_get_next'.
-   Return NULL if there is no more entries.  */
+   Return NULL if there are no more entries.  */
 
 void *
 hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
@@ -284,7 +285,7 @@ hash_get_next (const Hash_table *table, const void *entry)
       return cursor->next->data;
 
   /* Find first entry in any subsequent bucket.  */
-  for (; bucket < table->bucket_limit; bucket++)
+  while (++bucket < table->bucket_limit)
     if (bucket->data)
       return bucket->data;
 
@@ -422,7 +423,7 @@ is_prime (unsigned long candidate)
       divisor++;
     }
 
-  return candidate % divisor != 0;
+  return (candidate % divisor ? true : false);
 }
 
 /* Round a given CANDIDATE number up to the nearest prime, and return that

lib/localcharset.c

@@ -37,12 +37,22 @@
 # include <stdlib.h>
 #endif
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
-# include <langinfo.h>
-#else
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
-#  include <locale.h>
+#if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__
+# undef WIN32   /* avoid warning on mingw32 */
+# define WIN32
+#endif
+
+#ifndef WIN32
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#  include <langinfo.h>
+# else
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#   include <locale.h>
+#  endif
 # endif
+#else /* WIN32 */
+# define WIN32_LEAN_AND_MEAN
+# include <windows.h>
 #endif
 
 #ifndef DIRECTORY_SEPARATOR
@@ -73,6 +83,7 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
   cp = charset_aliases;
   if (cp == NULL)
     {
+#ifndef WIN32
       FILE *fp;
       const char *dir = LIBDIR;
       const char *base = "charset.alias";
@@ -157,9 +168,20 @@ get_charset_aliases ()
 	    }
 	}
 
-      charset_aliases = cp;
       if (file_name != NULL)
 	free (file_name);
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+      /* To avoid the troubles of installing a separate file in the same
+	 directory as the DLL and of retrieving the DLL's directory at
+	 runtime, simply inline the aliases here.  */
+
+      cp = "CP936" "\0" "GBK" "\0"
+	   "CP1361" "\0" "JOHAB" "\0";
+#endif
+
+      charset_aliases = cp;
     }
 
   return cp;
@@ -180,19 +202,21 @@ locale_charset ()
   const char *codeset;
   const char *aliases;
 
-#if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
+#ifndef WIN32
+
+# if HAVE_LANGINFO_CODESET
 
   /* Most systems support nl_langinfo (CODESET) nowadays.  */
   codeset = nl_langinfo (CODESET);
 
-#else
+# else
 
   /* On old systems which lack it, use setlocale and getenv.  */
   const char *locale = NULL;
 
-# if HAVE_SETLOCALE
+#  if HAVE_SETLOCALE
   locale = setlocale (LC_CTYPE, NULL);
-# endif
+#  endif
   if (locale == NULL || locale[0] == '\0')
     {
       locale = getenv ("LC_ALL");
@@ -209,6 +233,16 @@ locale_charset ()
      through the charset.alias file.  */
   codeset = locale;
 
+# endif
+
+#else /* WIN32 */
+
+  static char buf[2 + 10 + 1];
+
+  /* Win32 has a function returning the locale's codepage as a number.  */
+  sprintf (buf, "CP%u", GetACP ());
+  codeset = buf;
+
 #endif
 
   if (codeset != NULL && codeset[0] != '\0')

lib/makepath.c

@@ -148,10 +148,10 @@ void strip_trailing_slashes ();
    function creates DIR and to zero otherwise.  Give a diagnostic and
    return non-zero if DIR cannot be created or cannot be determined to
    exist already.  Use DIRPATH in any diagnostic, not DIR.
-   Note that if DIR already exists, this function will return zero
-   (indicating success) and will set *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
+   Note that if DIR already exists, this function returns zero
+   (indicating success) and sets *CREATED_DIR_P to zero.  */
 
-static int
+int
 make_dir (const char *dir, const char *dirpath, mode_t mode, int *created_dir_p)
 {
   int fail = 0;

lib/makepath.h

@@ -14,3 +14,9 @@ make_path PARAMS ((const char *_argpath,
 		   gid_t _group,
 		   int _preserve_existing,
 		   const char *_verbose_fmt_string));
+
+int
+make_dir PARAMS ((const char *dir,
+		  const char *dirpath,
+		  mode_t mode,
+		  int *created_dir_p));

lib/mbswidth.c

@@ -74,15 +74,13 @@ int wcwidth ();
 
 /* Get ISPRINT.  */
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-# undef ISASCII
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 /* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 #include "mbswidth.h"
 
@@ -155,7 +153,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An invalid multibyte sequence was encountered.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p++;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }
@@ -164,7 +166,11 @@ mbsnwidth (const char *string, size_t nbytes, int flags)
 		      /* An incomplete multibyte character at the end.  */
 		      {
 			if (flags & MBSW_ACCEPT_INVALID)
-			  break;
+			  {
+			    p = plimit;
+			    width++;
+			    break;
+			  }
 			else
 			  return -1;
 		      }

lib/md5.c

@@ -304,19 +304,16 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
         {								\
 	  a += FF (b, c, d) + (*cwp++ = SWAP (*words)) + T;		\
 	  ++words;							\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
         }								\
       while (0)
 
-      /* It is unfortunate that C does not provide an operator for
-	 cyclic rotation.  Hope the C compiler is smart enough.  */
-#define CYCLIC(w, s) (w = (w << s) | (w >> (32 - s)))
-
       /* Before we start, one word to the strange constants.
 	 They are defined in RFC 1321 as
 
-	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64
+	 T[i] = (int) (4294967296.0 * fabs (sin (i))), i=1..64, or
+	 perl -e 'foreach(1..64){printf "0x%08x\n", int (4294967296 * abs (sin $_))}'
        */
 
       /* Round 1.  */
@@ -345,7 +342,7 @@ md5_process_block (buffer, len, ctx)
       do 								\
 	{								\
 	  a += f (b, c, d) + correct_words[k] + T;			\
-	  CYCLIC (a, s);						\
+	  a = rol (a, s);						\
 	  a += b;							\
 	}								\
       while (0)

lib/md5.h

@@ -143,4 +143,19 @@ extern int md5_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
    digest.  */
 extern void *md5_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
 
+/* The following is from gnupg-1.0.2's cipher/bithelp.h.  */
+/* Rotate a 32 bit integer by n bytes */
+#if defined __GNUC__ && defined __i386__
+static inline md5_uint32
+rol(md5_uint32 x, int n)
+{
+  __asm__("roll %%cl,%0"
+	  :"=r" (x)
+	  :"0" (x),"c" (n));
+  return x;
+}
+#else
+# define rol(x,n) ( ((x) << (n)) | ((x) >> (32-(n))) )
+#endif
+
 #endif

lib/memchr.c

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-/* Copyright (C) 1991, 1993, 1997, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+/* Copyright (C) 1991,93,96,97,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
    Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
    with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
    commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
@@ -34,11 +34,18 @@ USA.  */
 # define __ptr_t char *
 #endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
 
-#if defined (_LIBC)
+#if defined _LIBC
 # include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
 #endif
 
-#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+
+#if HAVE_LIMITS_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <limits.h>
 #endif
 
@@ -49,21 +56,28 @@ USA.  */
 #endif
 
 #include <sys/types.h>
+#if HAVE_BP_SYM_H || defined _LIBC
+# include <bp-sym.h>
+#else
+# define BP_SYM(sym) sym
+#endif
 
+#undef memchr
+#undef __memchr
 
 /* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
-
 __ptr_t
-memchr (s, c, n)
+__memchr (s, c_in, n)
      const __ptr_t s;
-     int c;
+     int c_in;
      size_t n;
 {
   const unsigned char *char_ptr;
   const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
   unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
 
-  c = (unsigned char) c;
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
 
   /* Handle the first few characters by reading one character at a time.
      Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
@@ -197,3 +211,6 @@ memchr (s, c, n)
 
   return 0;
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memchr, BP_SYM (memchr))
+#endif

lib/memcmp.c

@@ -49,6 +49,11 @@
 #ifdef _LIBC
 
 # include <memcopy.h>
+# include <endian.h>
+
+# if __BYTE_ORDER == __BIG_ENDIAN
+#  define WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# endif
 
 #else	/* Not in the GNU C library.  */
 

lib/memcoll.c

@@ -21,6 +21,8 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
 #if HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #endif

lib/memrchr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+/* memrchr -- find the last occurrence of a byte in a memory block
+   Copyright (C) 1991, 93, 96, 97, 99, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Based on strlen implementation by Torbjorn Granlund (tege@sics.se),
+   with help from Dan Sahlin (dan@sics.se) and
+   commentary by Jim Blandy (jimb@ai.mit.edu);
+   adaptation to memchr suggested by Dick Karpinski (dick@cca.ucsf.edu),
+   and implemented by Roland McGrath (roland@ai.mit.edu).
+
+   The GNU C Library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+   modify it under the terms of the GNU Library General Public License as
+   published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the
+   License, or (at your option) any later version.
+
+   The GNU C Library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with the GNU C Library; see the file COPYING.LIB.  If not,
+   write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
+   Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+#undef __ptr_t
+#if defined (__cplusplus) || (defined (__STDC__) && __STDC__)
+# define __ptr_t void *
+#else /* Not C++ or ANSI C.  */
+# define __ptr_t char *
+#endif /* C++ or ANSI C.  */
+
+#if defined (_LIBC)
+# include <string.h>
+# include <memcopy.h>
+#else
+# define reg_char char
+#endif
+
+#if defined (HAVE_LIMITS_H) || defined (_LIBC)
+# include <limits.h>
+#endif
+
+#define LONG_MAX_32_BITS 2147483647
+
+#ifndef LONG_MAX
+# define LONG_MAX LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#undef __memrchr
+#undef memrchr
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __memrchr memrchr
+#endif
+
+/* Search no more than N bytes of S for C.  */
+__ptr_t
+__memrchr (s, c_in, n)
+     const __ptr_t s;
+     int c_in;
+     size_t n;
+{
+  const unsigned char *char_ptr;
+  const unsigned long int *longword_ptr;
+  unsigned long int longword, magic_bits, charmask;
+  unsigned reg_char c;
+
+  c = (unsigned char) c_in;
+
+  /* Handle the last few characters by reading one character at a time.
+     Do this until CHAR_PTR is aligned on a longword boundary.  */
+  for (char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) s + n;
+       n > 0 && ((unsigned long int) char_ptr
+		 & (sizeof (longword) - 1)) != 0;
+       --n)
+    if (*--char_ptr == c)
+      return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+
+  /* All these elucidatory comments refer to 4-byte longwords,
+     but the theory applies equally well to 8-byte longwords.  */
+
+  longword_ptr = (unsigned long int *) char_ptr;
+
+  /* Bits 31, 24, 16, and 8 of this number are zero.  Call these bits
+     the "holes."  Note that there is a hole just to the left of
+     each byte, with an extra at the end:
+
+     bits:  01111110 11111110 11111110 11111111
+     bytes: AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCCC DDDDDDDD
+
+     The 1-bits make sure that carries propagate to the next 0-bit.
+     The 0-bits provide holes for carries to fall into.  */
+
+  if (sizeof (longword) != 4 && sizeof (longword) != 8)
+    abort ();
+
+#if LONG_MAX <= LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  magic_bits = 0x7efefeff;
+#else
+  magic_bits = ((unsigned long int) 0x7efefefe << 32) | 0xfefefeff;
+#endif
+
+  /* Set up a longword, each of whose bytes is C.  */
+  charmask = c | (c << 8);
+  charmask |= charmask << 16;
+#if LONG_MAX > LONG_MAX_32_BITS
+  charmask |= charmask << 32;
+#endif
+
+  /* Instead of the traditional loop which tests each character,
+     we will test a longword at a time.  The tricky part is testing
+     if *any of the four* bytes in the longword in question are zero.  */
+  while (n >= sizeof (longword))
+    {
+      /* We tentatively exit the loop if adding MAGIC_BITS to
+	 LONGWORD fails to change any of the hole bits of LONGWORD.
+
+	 1) Is this safe?  Will it catch all the zero bytes?
+	 Suppose there is a byte with all zeros.  Any carry bits
+	 propagating from its left will fall into the hole at its
+	 least significant bit and stop.  Since there will be no
+	 carry from its most significant bit, the LSB of the
+	 byte to the left will be unchanged, and the zero will be
+	 detected.
+
+	 2) Is this worthwhile?  Will it ignore everything except
+	 zero bytes?  Suppose every byte of LONGWORD has a bit set
+	 somewhere.  There will be a carry into bit 8.  If bit 8
+	 is set, this will carry into bit 16.  If bit 8 is clear,
+	 one of bits 9-15 must be set, so there will be a carry
+	 into bit 16.  Similarly, there will be a carry into bit
+	 24.  If one of bits 24-30 is set, there will be a carry
+	 into bit 31, so all of the hole bits will be changed.
+
+	 The one misfire occurs when bits 24-30 are clear and bit
+	 31 is set; in this case, the hole at bit 31 is not
+	 changed.  If we had access to the processor carry flag,
+	 we could close this loophole by putting the fourth hole
+	 at bit 32!
+
+	 So it ignores everything except 128's, when they're aligned
+	 properly.
+
+	 3) But wait!  Aren't we looking for C, not zero?
+	 Good point.  So what we do is XOR LONGWORD with a longword,
+	 each of whose bytes is C.  This turns each byte that is C
+	 into a zero.  */
+
+      longword = *--longword_ptr ^ charmask;
+
+      /* Add MAGIC_BITS to LONGWORD.  */
+      if ((((longword + magic_bits)
+
+	    /* Set those bits that were unchanged by the addition.  */
+	    ^ ~longword)
+
+	   /* Look at only the hole bits.  If any of the hole bits
+	      are unchanged, most likely one of the bytes was a
+	      zero.  */
+	   & ~magic_bits) != 0)
+	{
+	  /* Which of the bytes was C?  If none of them were, it was
+	     a misfire; continue the search.  */
+
+	  const unsigned char *cp = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+#if LONG_MAX > 2147483647
+	  if (cp[7] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[7];
+	  if (cp[6] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[6];
+	  if (cp[5] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[5];
+	  if (cp[4] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[4];
+#endif
+	  if (cp[3] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[3];
+	  if (cp[2] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[2];
+	  if (cp[1] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) &cp[1];
+	  if (cp[0] == c)
+	    return (__ptr_t) cp;
+	}
+
+      n -= sizeof (longword);
+    }
+
+  char_ptr = (const unsigned char *) longword_ptr;
+
+  while (n-- > 0)
+    {
+      if (*--char_ptr == c)
+	return (__ptr_t) char_ptr;
+    }
+
+  return 0;
+}
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__memrchr, memrchr)
+#endif

lib/modechange.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* modechange.c -- file mode manipulation
-   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1989, 1990, 1997, 1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/obstack.c

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* obstack.c - subroutines used implicitly by object stack macros
-   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1988-1994,96,97,98,99,2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
@@ -282,9 +282,10 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   register long obj_size = h->next_free - h->object_base;
   register long i;
   long already;
+  char *object_base;
 
   /* Compute size for new chunk.  */
-  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + 100;
+  new_size = (obj_size + length) + (obj_size >> 3) + h->alignment_mask + 100;
   if (new_size < h->chunk_size)
     new_size = h->chunk_size;
 
@@ -296,6 +297,11 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
   new_chunk->prev = old_chunk;
   new_chunk->limit = h->chunk_limit = (char *) new_chunk + new_size;
 
+  /* Compute an aligned object_base in the new chunk */
+  object_base =
+    __INT_TO_PTR ((__PTR_TO_INT (new_chunk->contents) + h->alignment_mask)
+		  & ~ (h->alignment_mask));
+
   /* Move the existing object to the new chunk.
      Word at a time is fast and is safe if the object
      is sufficiently aligned.  */
@@ -303,7 +309,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     {
       for (i = obj_size / sizeof (COPYING_UNIT) - 1;
 	   i >= 0; i--)
-	((COPYING_UNIT *)new_chunk->contents)[i]
+	((COPYING_UNIT *)object_base)[i]
 	  = ((COPYING_UNIT *)h->object_base)[i];
       /* We used to copy the odd few remaining bytes as one extra COPYING_UNIT,
 	 but that can cross a page boundary on a machine
@@ -314,7 +320,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
     already = 0;
   /* Copy remaining bytes one by one.  */
   for (i = already; i < obj_size; i++)
-    new_chunk->contents[i] = h->object_base[i];
+    object_base[i] = h->object_base[i];
 
   /* If the object just copied was the only data in OLD_CHUNK,
      free that chunk and remove it from the chain.
@@ -325,7 +331,7 @@ _obstack_newchunk (h, length)
       CALL_FREEFUN (h, old_chunk);
     }
 
-  h->object_base = new_chunk->contents;
+  h->object_base = object_base;
   h->next_free = h->object_base + obj_size;
   /* The new chunk certainly contains no empty object yet.  */
   h->maybe_empty_object = 0;
@@ -451,7 +457,7 @@ _obstack_memory_used (h)
 
 /* Define the error handler.  */
 # ifndef _
-#  ifdef HAVE_LIBINTL_H
+#  if defined HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 #   include <libintl.h>
 #   ifndef _
 #    define _(Str) gettext (Str)
@@ -518,20 +524,20 @@ int (obstack_make_room) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_make_room (obstack, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
-void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+void (obstack_grow0) (obstack, data, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER data;
      int length;
 {
-  obstack_grow0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  obstack_grow0 (obstack, data, length);
 }
 
 void (obstack_1grow) (obstack, character)
@@ -575,20 +581,20 @@ POINTER (obstack_alloc) (obstack, length)
   return obstack_alloc (obstack, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
-POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, pointer, length)
+POINTER (obstack_copy0) (obstack, address, length)
      struct obstack *obstack;
-     POINTER pointer;
+     const POINTER address;
      int length;
 {
-  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, pointer, length);
+  return obstack_copy0 (obstack, address, length);
 }
 
 #  endif /* __STDC__ */

lib/obstack.h

@@ -1,10 +1,11 @@
 /* obstack.h - object stack macros
    Copyright (C) 1988,89,90,91,92,93,94,96,97,98,99 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
+   This file is part of the GNU C Library.  Its master source is NOT part of
    the C library, however.  The master source lives in /gd/gnu/lib.
 
    NOTE: The canonical source of this file is maintained with the GNU C Library.
-   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@prep.ai.mit.edu.
+   Bugs can be reported to bug-glibc@gnu.org.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
    under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
@@ -13,11 +14,11 @@
 
    This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
    but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
-   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
-   GNU General Public License for more details.
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
+   Library General Public License for more details.
 
-   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
-   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU Library General Public
+   License along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
    Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307,
    USA.  */
 
@@ -219,18 +220,18 @@ void obstack_init (struct obstack *obstack);
 
 void * obstack_alloc (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
-void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
+void * obstack_copy0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *address, int size);
 
 void obstack_free (struct obstack *obstack, void *block);
 
 void obstack_blank (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
-void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
-void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
+void obstack_grow0 (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data, int size);
 
 void obstack_1grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 
 void * obstack_finish (struct obstack *obstack);
@@ -240,7 +241,7 @@ int obstack_object_size (struct obstack *obstack);
 int obstack_room (struct obstack *obstack);
 void obstack_make_room (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 void obstack_1grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data_char);
-void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, void *data);
+void obstack_ptr_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, const void *data);
 void obstack_int_grow_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int data);
 void obstack_blank_fast (struct obstack *obstack, int size);
 
@@ -290,21 +291,24 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
    standard C version.  */
 #if defined __STDC__ && __STDC__
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)					\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,				\
+		  (void *(*) (long)) obstack_chunk_alloc, 	\
+		  (void (*) (void *)) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) (long)) (chunkfun), 			   \
+		  (void (*) (void *)) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun), \
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) (void *, long)) (chunkfun),		\
 		    (void (*) (void *, void *)) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
@@ -315,21 +319,25 @@ extern int obstack_exit_failure;
 
 #else
 
-# define obstack_init(h) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_init(h)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), 0, 0,						\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, 			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
-# define obstack_begin(h, size) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0, \
-		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc, (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
+# define obstack_begin(h, size)						\
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), 0,					\
+		  (void *(*) ()) obstack_chunk_alloc,			\
+		  (void (*) ()) obstack_chunk_free)
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun) \
-  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun))
+  _obstack_begin ((h), (size), (alignment),				   \
+		  (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				   \
+		  (void (*) ()) (freefun))
 
 # define obstack_specify_allocation_with_arg(h, size, alignment, chunkfun, freefun, arg) \
-  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment), \
-		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
+  _obstack_begin_1 ((h), (size), (alignment),				\
+		    (void *(*) ()) (chunkfun), 				\
+		    (void (*) ()) (freefun), (arg))
 
 # define obstack_chunkfun(h, newchunkfun) \
   ((h) -> chunkfun = (struct _obstack_chunk *(*)()) (newchunkfun))
@@ -387,7 +395,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len);					\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    (void) 0; })
 
@@ -397,7 +405,7 @@ __extension__								\
    int __len = (length);						\
    if (__o->next_free + __len + 1 > __o->chunk_limit)			\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, __len + 1);				\
-   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (char *) (where), __len);		\
+   _obstack_memcpy (__o->next_free, (where), __len);			\
    __o->next_free += __len;						\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = 0;						\
    (void) 0; })
@@ -410,8 +418,8 @@ __extension__								\
    *(__o->next_free)++ = (datum);					\
    (void) 0; })
 
-/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers or ints,
-   and that the data added so far to the current object
+/* These assume that the obstack alignment is good enough for pointers
+   or ints, and that the data added so far to the current object
    shares that much alignment.  */
 
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -419,7 +427,7 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (void *) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (void *));				\
-   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = ((void *)datum);			\
+   *((void **)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(OBSTACK,datum)				\
@@ -427,11 +435,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ({ struct obstack *__o = (OBSTACK);					\
    if (__o->next_free + sizeof (int) > __o->chunk_limit)		\
      _obstack_newchunk (__o, sizeof (int));				\
-   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = ((int)datum);				\
+   *((int *)__o->next_free)++ = (datum);				\
    (void) 0; })
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (void *)aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((void **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(OBSTACK,length)					\
 __extension__								\
@@ -512,14 +523,14 @@ __extension__								\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp)
 
 # define obstack_grow0(h,where,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\
   (((h)->next_free + (h)->temp + 1 > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), (h)->temp + 1), 0) : 0),			\
-  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (char *) (where), (h)->temp),	\
+  _obstack_memcpy ((h)->next_free, (where), (h)->temp),			\
   (h)->next_free += (h)->temp,						\
   *((h)->next_free)++ = 0)
 
@@ -531,15 +542,18 @@ __extension__								\
 # define obstack_ptr_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (char *) > (h)->chunk_limit)		\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (char *)), 0) : 0),		\
-  (*((char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = ((char *) datum)))
+  (*((const char **) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(char *))-sizeof(char *))) = (datum)))
 
 # define obstack_int_grow(h,datum)					\
 ( (((h)->next_free + sizeof (int) > (h)->chunk_limit)			\
    ? (_obstack_newchunk ((h), sizeof (int)), 0) : 0),			\
-  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = ((int) datum)))
+  (*((int *) (((h)->next_free+=sizeof(int))-sizeof(int))) = (datum)))
 
-# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr) (*((char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (char *) aptr)
-# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint) (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (int) aint)
+# define obstack_ptr_grow_fast(h,aptr)					\
+  (*((const char **) (h)->next_free)++ = (aptr))
+
+# define obstack_int_grow_fast(h,aint)					\
+  (*((int *) (h)->next_free)++ = (aint))
 
 # define obstack_blank(h,length)					\
 ( (h)->temp = (length),							\

lib/path-concat.c

@@ -26,12 +26,31 @@
 #endif
 
 #include <stdio.h>
-#if HAVE_STRING_H
-# include <string.h>
-#endif
-#include <sys/types.h>
 
+#if HAVE_STRING_H
+# if !STDC_HEADERS && HAVE_MEMORY_H
+#  include <memory.h>
+# endif
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# if HAVE_STRINGS_H
+#  include <strings.h>
+# endif
+#endif
+#if HAVE_STDLIB_H
+# include <stdlib.h>
+#endif
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+#ifndef HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
+"this configure-time declaration test was not run"
+#endif
+#if !HAVE_DECL_MALLOC
 char *malloc ();
+#endif
+
 #ifndef strdup
 char *strdup ();
 #endif

lib/physmem.c

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/* Calculate the size of physical memory.
+   Copyright 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Written by Paul Eggert.  */
+
+#if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include "physmem.h"
+
+#if HAVE_UNISTD_H
+# include <unistd.h>
+#endif
+
+/* Return the total amount of physical memory.  */
+double
+physmem_total (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_PHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_PHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 64 MB.  It's probably an older host, so guess small.  */
+  return 64 * 1024 * 1024;
+}
+
+/* Return the amount of physical memory available.  */
+double
+physmem_available (void)
+{
+#if defined _SC_AVPHYS_PAGES && defined _SC_PAGESIZE
+  double pages = sysconf (_SC_AVPHYS_PAGES);
+  double pagesize = sysconf (_SC_PAGESIZE);
+  if (0 <= pages && 0 <= pagesize)
+    return pages * pagesize;
+#endif
+
+  /* Guess 25% of physical memory.  */
+  return physmem_total () / 4;
+}

lib/physmem.h

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+#ifndef PHYSMEM_H_
+# define PHYSMEM_H_ 1
+
+# if HAVE_CONFIG_H
+#  include <config.h>
+# endif
+
+# ifndef PARAMS
+#  if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#   define PARAMS(Args) Args
+#  else
+#   define PARAMS(Args) ()
+#  endif
+# endif
+
+double physmem_total PARAMS ((void));
+double physmem_available PARAMS ((void));
+
+#endif /* PHYSMEM_H_ */

lib/quote.h

@@ -1,4 +1,12 @@
 /* prototypes for quote.c */
 
-char const *quote_n (int n, char const *name);
-char const *quote (char const *name);
+#ifndef PARAMS
+# if defined PROTOTYPES || (defined __STDC__ && __STDC__)
+#  define PARAMS(Args) Args
+# else
+#  define PARAMS(Args) ()
+# endif
+#endif
+
+char const *quote_n PARAMS ((int n, char const *name));
+char const *quote PARAMS ((char const *name));

lib/quotearg.c

@@ -92,15 +92,14 @@ size_t mbrtowc ();
 #define INT_BITS (sizeof (int) * CHAR_BIT)
 
 #if defined (STDC_HEADERS) || (!defined (isascii) && !defined (HAVE_ISASCII))
-/* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
-# undef ISASCII
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii (c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
+
 /* Undefine to protect against the definition in wctype.h of solaris2.6.   */
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
 
 struct quoting_options
 {

lib/regex.c

@@ -89,6 +89,10 @@
 /* This is for other GNU distributions with internationalized messages.  */
 #if HAVE_LIBINTL_H || defined _LIBC
 # include <libintl.h>
+# ifdef _LIBC
+#  undef gettext
+#  define gettext(msgid) __dcgettext ("libc", msgid, LC_MESSAGES)
+# endif
 #else
 # define gettext(msgid) (msgid)
 #endif
@@ -197,35 +201,34 @@ char *realloc ();
    eliminate the && through constant folding."
    Solaris defines some of these symbols so we must undefine them first.  */
 
-#undef ISASCII
 #if defined STDC_HEADERS || (!defined isascii && !defined HAVE_ISASCII)
-# define ISASCII(c) 1
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) 1
 #else
-# define ISASCII(c) isascii(c)
+# define IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN(c) isascii(c)
 #endif
 
 #ifdef isblank
-# define ISBLANK(c) (ISASCII (c) && isblank (c))
+# define ISBLANK(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isblank (c))
 #else
 # define ISBLANK(c) ((c) == ' ' || (c) == '\t')
 #endif
 #ifdef isgraph
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isgraph (c))
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isgraph (c))
 #else
-# define ISGRAPH(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
+# define ISGRAPH(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c) && !isspace (c))
 #endif
 
 #undef ISPRINT
-#define ISPRINT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isprint (c))
-#define ISDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isdigit (c))
-#define ISALNUM(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalnum (c))
-#define ISALPHA(c) (ISASCII (c) && isalpha (c))
-#define ISCNTRL(c) (ISASCII (c) && iscntrl (c))
-#define ISLOWER(c) (ISASCII (c) && islower (c))
-#define ISPUNCT(c) (ISASCII (c) && ispunct (c))
-#define ISSPACE(c) (ISASCII (c) && isspace (c))
-#define ISUPPER(c) (ISASCII (c) && isupper (c))
-#define ISXDIGIT(c) (ISASCII (c) && isxdigit (c))
+#define ISPRINT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isprint (c))
+#define ISDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isdigit (c))
+#define ISALNUM(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalnum (c))
+#define ISALPHA(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isalpha (c))
+#define ISCNTRL(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && iscntrl (c))
+#define ISLOWER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && islower (c))
+#define ISPUNCT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && ispunct (c))
+#define ISSPACE(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isspace (c))
+#define ISUPPER(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isupper (c))
+#define ISXDIGIT(c) (IN_CTYPE_DOMAIN (c) && isxdigit (c))
 
 #ifdef _tolower
 # define TOLOWER(c) _tolower(c)
@@ -1234,7 +1237,7 @@ typedef struct
 # if defined MATCH_MAY_ALLOCATE
 /* 4400 was enough to cause a crash on Alpha OSF/1,
    whose default stack limit is 2mb.  */
-int re_max_failures = 20000;
+int re_max_failures = 4000;
 # else
 int re_max_failures = 2000;
 # endif
@@ -2712,7 +2715,7 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 			    PATFETCH (c);
 
 			    /* Now add the multibyte character(s) we found
-			       to the acceptabed list.
+			       to the accept list.
 
 			       XXX Note that this is not entirely correct.
 			       we would have to match multibyte sequences
@@ -2725,7 +2728,10 @@ regex_compile (pattern, size, syntax, bufp)
 			    if (c1 == 1)
 			      range_start = extra[idx];
 			    while (c1-- > 0)
-			      SET_LIST_BIT (extra[idx++]);
+			      {
+				SET_LIST_BIT (extra[idx]);
+				++idx;
+			      }
 			  }
 #endif
 			had_char_class = false;
@@ -3507,23 +3513,19 @@ compile_range (range_start_char, p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b)
      unsigned char *b;
 {
   unsigned this_char;
-
   const char *p = *p_ptr;
   reg_errcode_t ret;
-  char range_start[2];
-  char range_end[2];
-  char ch[2];
+#if _LIBC
+  const unsigned char *collseq;
+  unsigned int start_colseq;
+  unsigned int end_colseq;
+#else
+  unsigned end_char;
+#endif
 
   if (p == pend)
     return REG_ERANGE;
 
-  /* Fetch the endpoints without translating them; the
-     appropriate translation is done in the bit-setting loop below.  */
-  range_start[0] = range_start_char;
-  range_start[1] = '\0';
-  range_end[0] = p[0];
-  range_end[1] = '\0';
-
   /* Have to increment the pointer into the pattern string, so the
      caller isn't still at the ending character.  */
   (*p_ptr)++;
@@ -3531,19 +3533,34 @@ compile_range (range_start_char, p_ptr, pend, translate, syntax, b)
   /* Report an error if the range is empty and the syntax prohibits this.  */
   ret = syntax & RE_NO_EMPTY_RANGES ? REG_ERANGE : REG_NOERROR;
 
-  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
-     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite loop, since all
-     characters <= 0xff.  */
-  ch[1] = '\0';
+#if _LIBC
+  collseq = (const unsigned char *) _NL_CURRENT (LC_COLLATE,
+						 _NL_COLLATE_COLLSEQMB);
+
+  start_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (range_start_char)];
+  end_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (p[0])];
   for (this_char = 0; this_char <= (unsigned char) -1; ++this_char)
     {
-      ch[0] = this_char;
-      if (strcoll (range_start, ch) <= 0 && strcoll (ch, range_end) <= 0)
+      unsigned int this_colseq = collseq[(unsigned char) TRANSLATE (this_char)];
+
+      if (start_colseq <= this_colseq && this_colseq <= end_colseq)
 	{
 	  SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
 	  ret = REG_NOERROR;
 	}
     }
+#else
+  /* Here we see why `this_char' has to be larger than an `unsigned
+     char' -- we would otherwise go into an infinite loop, since all
+     characters <= 0xff.  */
+  range_start_char = TRANSLATE (range_start_char);
+  end_char = TRANSLATE (p[0]);
+  for (this_char = range_start_char; this_char <= end_char; ++this_char)
+    {
+      SET_LIST_BIT (TRANSLATE (this_char));
+      ret = REG_NOERROR;
+    }
+#endif
 
   return ret;
 }

lib/regex.h

@@ -513,13 +513,31 @@ extern int re_exec _RE_ARGS ((const char *));
 # endif
 #endif
 
+/* GCC 2.95 and later have "__restrict"; C99 compilers have
+   "restrict", and "configure" may have defined "restrict".  */
+#ifndef __restrict
+# if ! (2 < __GNUC__ || (2 == __GNUC__ && 95 <= __GNUC_MINOR__))
+#  if defined restrict || 199901L <= __STDC_VERSION__
+#   define __restrict restrict
+#  else
+#   define __restrict
+#  endif
+# endif
+#endif
+/* For now unconditionally define __restrict_arr to expand to nothing.
+   Ideally we would have a test for the compiler which allows defining
+   it to restrict.  */
+#define __restrict_arr
+
 /* POSIX compatibility.  */
-extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__preg, const char *__pattern,
+extern int regcomp _RE_ARGS ((regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __pattern,
 			      int __cflags));
 
-extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__preg,
-			      const char *__string, size_t __nmatch,
-			      regmatch_t __pmatch[], int __eflags));
+extern int regexec _RE_ARGS ((const regex_t *__restrict __preg,
+			      const char *__restrict __string, size_t __nmatch,
+			      regmatch_t __pmatch[__restrict_arr],
+			      int __eflags));
 
 extern size_t regerror _RE_ARGS ((int __errcode, const regex_t *__preg,
 				  char *__errbuf, size_t __errbuf_size));

lib/save-cwd.c

@@ -42,6 +42,10 @@
 extern int errno;
 #endif
 
+#ifndef O_DIRECTORY
+# define O_DIRECTORY 0
+#endif
+
 #include "save-cwd.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
@@ -67,7 +71,7 @@ save_cwd (struct saved_cwd *cwd)
   if (have_working_fchdir)
     {
 #if HAVE_FCHDIR
-      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY);
+      cwd->desc = open (".", O_RDONLY | O_DIRECTORY);
       if (cwd->desc < 0)
 	{
 	  error (0, errno, "cannot open current directory");

lib/sha.c

@@ -0,0 +1,376 @@
+/* sha.c - Functions to compute the SHA1 hash (message-digest) of files
+   or blocks of memory.  Complies to the NIST specification FIPS-180-1.
+
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Scott G. Miller
+
+   Credits:
+      Robert Klep <robert@ilse.nl>  -- Expansion function fix
+*/
+
+#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
+# include <config.h>
+#endif
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+
+#if STDC_HEADERS || defined _LIBC
+# include <stdlib.h>
+# include <string.h>
+#else
+# ifndef HAVE_MEMCPY
+#  define memcpy(d, s, n) bcopy ((s), (d), (n))
+# endif
+#endif
+
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "sha.h"
+
+/*
+  Not-swap is a macro that does an endian swap on architectures that are
+  big-endian, as SHA needs some data in a little-endian format
+*/
+
+#ifdef WORDS_BIGENDIAN
+# define NOTSWAP(n) (n)
+# define SWAP(n)							\
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+#else
+# define NOTSWAP(n)                                                         \
+    (((n) << 24) | (((n) & 0xff00) << 8) | (((n) >> 8) & 0xff00) | ((n) >> 24))
+# define SWAP(n) (n)
+#endif
+
+/* This array contains the bytes used to pad the buffer to the next
+   64-byte boundary.  (RFC 1321, 3.1: Step 1)  */
+static const unsigned char fillbuf[64] = { 0x80, 0 /* , 0, 0, ...  */ };
+
+
+/*
+  Takes a pointer to a 160 bit block of data (five 32 bit ints) and
+  intializes it to the start constants of the SHA1 algorithm.  This
+  must be called before using hash in the call to sha_hash
+*/
+void
+sha_init_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  ctx->A = 0x67452301;
+  ctx->B = 0xefcdab89;
+  ctx->C = 0x98badcfe;
+  ctx->D = 0x10325476;
+  ctx->E = 0xc3d2e1f0;
+
+  ctx->total[0] = ctx->total[1] = 0;
+  ctx->buflen = 0;
+}
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 20 bytes following RESBUF.  The result
+   must be in little endian byte order.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_read_ctx (const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[0] = NOTSWAP (ctx->A);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[1] = NOTSWAP (ctx->B);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[2] = NOTSWAP (ctx->C);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[3] = NOTSWAP (ctx->D);
+  ((md5_uint32 *) resbuf)[4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->E);
+
+  return resbuf;
+}
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the internal buffer and the usual
+   prolog according to the standard and write the result to RESBUF.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+void *
+sha_finish_ctx (struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf)
+{
+  /* Take yet unprocessed bytes into account.  */
+  md5_uint32 bytes = ctx->buflen;
+  size_t pad;
+
+  /* Now count remaining bytes.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += bytes;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < bytes)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+  pad = bytes >= 56 ? 64 + 56 - bytes : 56 - bytes;
+  memcpy (&ctx->buffer[bytes], fillbuf, pad);
+
+  /* Put the 64-bit file length in *bits* at the end of the buffer.  */
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad + 4] = NOTSWAP (ctx->total[0] << 3);
+  *(md5_uint32 *) &ctx->buffer[bytes + pad] = NOTSWAP ((ctx->total[1] << 3) |
+						    (ctx->total[0] >> 29));
+
+  /* Process last bytes.  */
+  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, bytes + pad + 8, ctx);
+
+  return sha_read_ctx (ctx, resbuf);
+}
+
+/* Compute SHA1 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+int
+sha_stream (FILE *stream, void *resblock)
+{
+  /* Important: BLOCKSIZE must be a multiple of 64.  */
+#define BLOCKSIZE 4096
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+  char buffer[BLOCKSIZE + 72];
+  size_t sum;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Iterate over full file contents.  */
+  while (1)
+    {
+      /* We read the file in blocks of BLOCKSIZE bytes.  One call of the
+	 computation function processes the whole buffer so that with the
+	 next round of the loop another block can be read.  */
+      size_t n;
+      sum = 0;
+
+      /* Read block.  Take care for partial reads.  */
+      do
+	{
+	  n = fread (buffer + sum, 1, BLOCKSIZE - sum, stream);
+
+	  sum += n;
+	}
+      while (sum < BLOCKSIZE && n != 0);
+      if (n == 0 && ferror (stream))
+        return 1;
+
+      /* If end of file is reached, end the loop.  */
+      if (n == 0)
+	break;
+
+      /* Process buffer with BLOCKSIZE bytes.  Note that
+			BLOCKSIZE % 64 == 0
+       */
+      sha_process_block (buffer, BLOCKSIZE, &ctx);
+    }
+
+  /* Add the last bytes if necessary.  */
+  if (sum > 0)
+    sha_process_bytes (buffer, sum, &ctx);
+
+  /* Construct result in desired memory.  */
+  sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+  return 0;
+}
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+void *
+sha_buffer (const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock)
+{
+  struct sha_ctx ctx;
+
+  /* Initialize the computation context.  */
+  sha_init_ctx (&ctx);
+
+  /* Process whole buffer but last len % 64 bytes.  */
+  sha_process_bytes (buffer, len, &ctx);
+
+  /* Put result in desired memory area.  */
+  return sha_finish_ctx (&ctx, resblock);
+}
+
+void
+sha_process_bytes (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  /* When we already have some bits in our internal buffer concatenate
+     both inputs first.  */
+  if (ctx->buflen != 0)
+    {
+      size_t left_over = ctx->buflen;
+      size_t add = 128 - left_over > len ? len : 128 - left_over;
+
+      memcpy (&ctx->buffer[left_over], buffer, add);
+      ctx->buflen += add;
+
+      if (left_over + add > 64)
+	{
+	  sha_process_block (ctx->buffer, (left_over + add) & ~63, ctx);
+	  /* The regions in the following copy operation cannot overlap.  */
+	  memcpy (ctx->buffer, &ctx->buffer[(left_over + add) & ~63],
+		  (left_over + add) & 63);
+	  ctx->buflen = (left_over + add) & 63;
+	}
+
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + add;
+      len -= add;
+    }
+
+  /* Process available complete blocks.  */
+  if (len > 64)
+    {
+      sha_process_block (buffer, len & ~63, ctx);
+      buffer = (const char *) buffer + (len & ~63);
+      len &= 63;
+    }
+
+  /* Move remaining bytes in internal buffer.  */
+  if (len > 0)
+    {
+      memcpy (ctx->buffer, buffer, len);
+      ctx->buflen = len;
+    }
+}
+
+/* --- Code below is the primary difference between md5.c and sha.c --- */
+
+/* SHA1 round constants */
+#define K1 0x5a827999L
+#define K2 0x6ed9eba1L
+#define K3 0x8f1bbcdcL
+#define K4 0xca62c1d6L
+
+/* Round functions.  Note that F2 is the same as F4.  */
+#define F1(B,C,D) ( D ^ ( B & ( C ^ D ) ) )
+#define F2(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+#define F3(B,C,D) ( ( B & C ) | ( D & ( B | C ) ) )
+#define F4(B,C,D) (B ^ C ^ D)
+
+/* Process LEN bytes of BUFFER, accumulating context into CTX.
+   It is assumed that LEN % 64 == 0.
+   Most of this code comes from GnuPG's cipher/sha1.c.  */
+
+void
+sha_process_block (const void *buffer, size_t len, struct sha_ctx *ctx)
+{
+  const md5_uint32 *words = buffer;
+  size_t nwords = len / sizeof (md5_uint32);
+  const md5_uint32 *endp = words + nwords;
+  md5_uint32 x[16];
+  md5_uint32 a = ctx->A;
+  md5_uint32 b = ctx->B;
+  md5_uint32 c = ctx->C;
+  md5_uint32 d = ctx->D;
+  md5_uint32 e = ctx->E;
+
+  /* First increment the byte count.  RFC 1321 specifies the possible
+     length of the file up to 2^64 bits.  Here we only compute the
+     number of bytes.  Do a double word increment.  */
+  ctx->total[0] += len;
+  if (ctx->total[0] < len)
+    ++ctx->total[1];
+
+#define M(I) ( tm =   x[I&0x0f] ^ x[(I-14)&0x0f] \
+		    ^ x[(I-8)&0x0f] ^ x[(I-3)&0x0f] \
+	       , (x[I&0x0f] = rol(tm, 1)) )
+
+#define R(A,B,C,D,E,F,K,M)  do { E += rol( A, 5 )     \
+				      + F( B, C, D )  \
+				      + K	      \
+				      + M;	      \
+				 B = rol( B, 30 );    \
+			       } while(0)
+
+  while (words < endp)
+    {
+      md5_uint32 tm;
+      int t;
+      /* FIXME: see sha1.c for a better implementation.  */
+      for (t = 0; t < 16; t++)
+	{
+	  x[t] = NOTSWAP (*words);
+	  words++;
+	}
+
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 0] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 1] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 2] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 3] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 4] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[ 5] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[ 6] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[ 7] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[ 8] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[ 9] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[10] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, x[11] );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, x[12] );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, x[13] );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, x[14] );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F1, K1, x[15] );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F1, K1, M(16) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F1, K1, M(17) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F1, K1, M(18) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F1, K1, M(19) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(20) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(21) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(22) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(23) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(24) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(25) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(26) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(27) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(28) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(29) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(30) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(31) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(32) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(33) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(34) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F2, K2, M(35) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F2, K2, M(36) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F2, K2, M(37) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F2, K2, M(38) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F2, K2, M(39) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(40) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(41) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(42) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(43) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(44) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(45) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(46) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(47) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(48) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(49) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(50) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(51) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(52) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(53) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(54) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F3, K3, M(55) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F3, K3, M(56) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F3, K3, M(57) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F3, K3, M(58) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F3, K3, M(59) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(60) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(61) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(62) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(63) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(64) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(65) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(66) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(67) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(68) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(69) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(70) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(71) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(72) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(73) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(74) );
+      R( a, b, c, d, e, F4, K4, M(75) );
+      R( e, a, b, c, d, F4, K4, M(76) );
+      R( d, e, a, b, c, F4, K4, M(77) );
+      R( c, d, e, a, b, F4, K4, M(78) );
+      R( b, c, d, e, a, F4, K4, M(79) );
+
+      a = ctx->A += a;
+      b = ctx->B += b;
+      c = ctx->C += c;
+      d = ctx->D += d;
+      e = ctx->E += e;
+    }
+}

lib/sha.h

@@ -0,0 +1,75 @@
+/* sha.h - Declaration of functions and datatypes for SHA1 sum computing
+   library functions.
+
+   Copyright (C) 1999, Scott G. Miller
+*/
+
+#ifndef _SHA_H
+# define _SHA_H 1
+
+# include <stdio.h>
+# include "md5.h"
+
+/* Structure to save state of computation between the single steps.  */
+struct sha_ctx
+{
+  md5_uint32 A;
+  md5_uint32 B;
+  md5_uint32 C;
+  md5_uint32 D;
+  md5_uint32 E;
+
+  md5_uint32 total[2];
+  md5_uint32 buflen;
+  char buffer[128];
+};
+
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is necessary that LEN is a multiple of 64!!! */
+extern void sha_process_block __P ((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+                            struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Starting with the result of former calls of this function (or the
+   initialization function update the context for the next LEN bytes
+   starting at BUFFER.
+   It is NOT required that LEN is a multiple of 64.  */
+extern void sha_process_bytes __P((const void *buffer, size_t len,
+				    struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Initialize structure containing state of computation. */
+extern void sha_init_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx));
+
+/* Process the remaining bytes in the buffer and put result from CTX
+   in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is always in little
+   endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields to the wanted
+   ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_finish_ctx __P ((struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Put result from CTX in first 16 bytes following RESBUF.  The result is
+   always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise output yields
+   to the wanted ASCII representation of the message digest.
+
+   IMPORTANT: On some systems it is required that RESBUF is correctly
+   aligned for a 32 bits value.  */
+extern void *sha_read_ctx __P ((const struct sha_ctx *ctx, void *resbuf));
+
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for bytes read from STREAM.  The
+   resulting message digest number will be written into the 16 bytes
+   beginning at RESBLOCK.  */
+extern int sha_stream __P ((FILE *stream, void *resblock));
+
+/* Compute MD5 message digest for LEN bytes beginning at BUFFER.  The
+   result is always in little endian byte order, so that a byte-wise
+   output yields to the wanted ASCII representation of the message
+   digest.  */
+extern void *sha_buffer __P ((const char *buffer, size_t len, void *resblock));
+
+#endif

lib/strftime.c

@@ -457,8 +457,7 @@ static CHAR_T const month_name[][10] =
     return _strftime_copytm (s, maxsize, format, &tmcopy ut_argument);
   }
 # undef my_strftime
-# define my_strftime(S, Maxsize, Format, Tp) \
-  _strftime_copytm (S, Maxsize, Format, Tp)
+# define my_strftime _strftime_copytm
 #endif
 
 
@@ -516,6 +515,9 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
   size_t i = 0;
   CHAR_T *p = s;
   const CHAR_T *f;
+#if DO_MULTIBYTE && !defined COMPILE_WIDE
+  const char *format_end = NULL;
+#endif
 
   zone = NULL;
 #if HAVE_TM_ZONE
@@ -608,10 +610,15 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	  {
 	    mbstate_t mbstate = mbstate_zero;
 	    size_t len = 0;
+	    size_t fsize;
+
+	    if (! format_end)
+	      format_end = f + strlen (f) + 1;
+	    fsize = format_end - f;
 
 	    do
 	      {
-		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, (size_t) -1, &mbstate);
+		size_t bytes = mbrlen (f + len, fsize - len, &mbstate);
 
 		if (bytes == 0)
 		  break;
@@ -801,8 +808,10 @@ my_strftime (s, maxsize, format, tp ut_argument)
 	subformat:
 	  {
 	    CHAR_T *old_start = p;
-	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt, tp);
-	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt, tp));
+	    size_t len = my_strftime (NULL, (size_t) -1, subfmt,
+				      tp ut_argument);
+	    add (len, my_strftime (p, maxsize - i, subfmt,
+				   tp ut_argument));
 
 	    if (to_uppcase)
 	      while (old_start < p)

lib/stripslash.c

@@ -19,12 +19,16 @@
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#if defined(STDC_HEADERS) || defined(HAVE_STRING_H)
+#if STDC_HEADERS || HAVE_STRING_H
 # include <string.h>
 #else
 # include <strings.h>
 #endif
 
+#ifndef ISSLASH
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif
+
 /* Remove trailing slashes from PATH.
    This is useful when using filename completion from a shell that
    adds a "/" after directory names (such as tcsh and bash), because
@@ -37,6 +41,6 @@ strip_trailing_slashes (char *path)
   int last;
 
   last = strlen (path) - 1;
-  while (last > 0 && path[last] == '/')
+  while (0 < last && ISSLASH (path[last]))
     path[last--] = '\0';
 }

lib/strstr.c

@@ -28,11 +28,15 @@ Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 # include <config.h>
 #endif
 
-#include <string.h>
+#if defined _LIBC || defined HAVE_STRING_H
+# include <string.h>
+#endif
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 typedef unsigned chartype;
 
+#undef strstr
+
 char *
 strstr (const char *phaystack, const char *pneedle)
 {
@@ -105,7 +109,7 @@ jin:	  a = *++haystack;
 	      }
 	    while (*rhaystack == a);
 
-	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor aproach */
+	  needle = rneedle;		   /* took the register-poor approach */
 
 	  if (a == '\0')
 	    break;

lib/strverscmp.c

@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
 #include <ctype.h>
 
 /* states: S_N: normal, S_I: comparing integral part, S_F: comparing
-           Fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
+           fractional parts, S_Z: idem but with leading Zeroes only */
 #define S_N    0x0
 #define S_I    0x4
 #define S_F    0x8
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
 #define CMP    2
 #define LEN    3
 
+
 /* ISDIGIT differs from isdigit, as follows:
    - Its arg may be any int or unsigned int; it need not be an unsigned char.
    - It's guaranteed to evaluate its argument exactly once.
@@ -46,13 +47,20 @@
    host does not conform to Posix.  */
 #define ISDIGIT(c) ((unsigned) (c) - '0' <= 9)
 
+#undef __strverscmp
+#undef strverscmp
+
+#ifndef weak_alias
+# define __strverscmp strverscmp
+#endif
+
 /* Compare S1 and S2 as strings holding indices/version numbers,
    returning less than, equal to or greater than zero if S1 is less than,
    equal to or greater than S2 (for more info, see the texinfo doc).
 */
 
 int
-strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
+__strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
 {
   const unsigned char *p1 = (const unsigned char *) s1;
   const unsigned char *p2 = (const unsigned char *) s2;
@@ -120,3 +128,6 @@ strverscmp (const char *s1, const char *s2)
       return state;
     }
 }
+#ifdef weak_alias
+weak_alias (__strverscmp, strverscmp)
+#endif

lib/userspec.c

@@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ is_number (const char *str)
    use the given user's login group.
    If SPEC_ARG contains a `:', then use that as the separator, ignoring
    any `.'s.  If there is no `:', but there is a `.', then first look
-   up SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then try again
-   interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
+   up the entire SPEC_ARG as a login name.  If that look-up fails, then
+   try again interpreting the `.'  as a separator.
 
    USERNAME and GROUPNAME will be in newly malloc'd memory.
    Either one might be NULL instead, indicating that it was not
@@ -261,7 +261,6 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 		  if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
 		      || tmp_long > MAXUID)
 		    return _(E_invalid_user);
-		  printf ("MAXUID: %u\n", (uid_t) MAXUID);
 		  *uid = tmp_long;
 		}
 	    }
@@ -305,7 +304,7 @@ parse_user_spec (const char *spec_arg, uid_t *uid, gid_t *gid,
 	  else
 	    {
 	      unsigned long int tmp_long;
-	      if (xstrtoul (u, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
+	      if (xstrtoul (g, NULL, 0, &tmp_long, NULL) != LONGINT_OK
 		  || tmp_long > MAXGID)
 		return _(E_invalid_group);
 	      *gid = tmp_long;

lib/xalloc.h

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
 /* xalloc.h -- malloc with out-of-memory checking
-   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+   Copyright (C) 1990-1998, 1999, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
    it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by

lib/xstat.in

@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ void free ();
 
 char *xmalloc ();
 
-/* lstat works different on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
+/* lstat works differently on Linux and Solaris systems.  POSIX (see
    `pathname resolution' in the glossary) requires that programs like `ls'
    take into consideration the fact that FILE has a trailing slash when
    FILE is a symbolic link.  On Linux systems, the lstat function already

lib/xstrtol.c

@@ -199,6 +199,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'G': /* Giga */
+	case 'g': /* 'g' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 3);
 	  break;
 
@@ -207,7 +208,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'M': /* Mega */
-	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for backward compatibility only */
+	case 'm': /* 'm' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 2);
 	  break;
 
@@ -216,6 +217,7 @@ __xstrtol (const char *s, char **ptr, int strtol_base,
 	  break;
 
 	case 'T': /* Tera */
+	case 't': /* 't' is undocumented; for compatibility only */
 	  overflow = bkm_scale_by_power (&tmp, base, 4);
 	  break;
 

m4/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,70 @@
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): Rewrite (though it's still a stub) to work better
+	with autoheader.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* dos.m4 (jm_AC_DOS): New file and macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Require jm_AC_DOS.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4: Remove this file.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Remove jm_SYS_OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT.
+
+2000-12-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* xstrtoumax.m4 (jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX): If we need the replacement
+	strtoull, we may well need the replacement strtoul, too.
+	Check for declarations of strtoul and strtoull.
+	Check for strtol.  Mainly as a cue to cause automake to include
+	strtol.c -- that file is included by each of strtoul.c and strtoull.c.
+	Check for limits.h -- strtol.c needs it.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* off_t-format.m4 (OFF_T_PRINTF_FORMAT_STRING): New file/macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): require it.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Check for stdint.h.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4: s/ifval/m4_ifval/ to accommodate new autoconf.
+
+2000-11-03  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
+
+	* jm-macros.m4 (jm_MACROS): Add test for wcrtomb.
+
+2000-11-04  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* regex.m4: Use the `m4_' prefix on `syscmd' and `m4_sysval'.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* fsusage.m4: s/AC_SHELL_IFELSE/AS_IFELSE/ to match autoconf renaming.
+	* ls-mntd-fs.m4: Likewise
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Add jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR.
+	(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR): New function.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* check-decl.m4 (jm_CHECK_DECLS): Also check for memrchr.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME): New macro.
+	* jm-macros.m4 (AC_REPLACE_FUNCS): Add memrchr.
+
+2000-09-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* getloadavg.m4 (AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG): Restore the initial value of LIBS.
+	Otherwise, everyone ends up linking with -lelf for some configurations.
+	Reported by Mike Stone.
+
 2000-08-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* jm-macros.m4: Use jm_FUNC_FPENDING.
@@ -32,8 +99,8 @@
 
 2000-07-16  Bruno Haible  <haible@clisp.cons.org>
 
-        * mbswidth.m4: New file.
-        * prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Call jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH.
+	* mbswidth.m4: New file.
+	* prereq.m4 (jm_PREREQ): Call jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH.
 
 2000-07-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 

m4/Makefile.am

@@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
 fpending.m4 \

m4/Makefile.in

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
-# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4a from Makefile.am
+# Makefile.in generated automatically by automake 1.4b from Makefile.am
 
-# Copyright (C) 1994, 1995-9, 2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# Copyright 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000
+# Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 # This Makefile.in is free software; the Free Software Foundation
 # gives unlimited permission to copy and/or distribute it,
 # with or without modifications, as long as this notice is preserved.
@@ -125,6 +126,7 @@ chown.m4 \
 codeset.m4 \
 d-ino.m4 \
 d-type.m4 \
+dos.m4 \
 error.m4 \
 fnmatch.m4 \
 fpending.m4 \

m4/check-decl.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 15
+#serial 16
 
 dnl This is just a wrapper function to encapsulate this kludge.
 dnl Putting it in a separate file like this helps share it between
@@ -55,6 +55,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_CHECK_DECLS,
     lseek,
     malloc,
     memchr,
+    memrchr,
     nanosleep,
     realloc,
     stpcpy,

m4/dos.m4

@@ -0,0 +1,41 @@
+# serial 2
+
+# Define some macros required for proper operation of code in lib/*.c
+# on MSDOS/Windows systems.
+
+# From Jim Meyering.
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_DOS,
+  [
+    # FIXME: this is incomplete.  Add a compile-test that does something
+    # like this:
+    #if defined _WIN32 || defined __WIN32__ || defined __MSDOS__
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) \
+  ((Filename)[0] && (Filename)[1] == ':' ? 2 : 0)
+else
+# define FILESYSTEM_PREFIX_LEN(Filename) 0
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_ACCEPTS_DRIVE_LETTER_PREFIX],
+      $ac_fs_accepts_drive_letter_prefix,
+      [Define on systems for which file names may have a so-called
+       `drive letter' prefix, define this to compute the length of that
+       prefix, including the colon.])
+
+    AH_VERBATIM(ISSLASH,
+    [#if FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/' || (C) == '\\\\')
+#else
+# define ISSLASH(C) ((C) == '/')
+#endif])
+
+    ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator=0
+    AC_DEFINE_UNQUOTED([FILESYSTEM_BACKSLASH_IS_FILE_NAME_SEPARATOR],
+      $ac_fs_backslash_is_file_name_separator,
+      [Define if the backslash character may also serve as a file name
+       component separator.])
+  ])

m4/fsusage.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 3
+#serial 4
 
 # From fileutils/configure.in
 
@@ -187,6 +187,6 @@ AC_TRY_CPP([#include <sys/filsys.h>],
   ac_fsusage_space=yes)
 fi
 
-AC_SHELL_IFELSE([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IFELSE([test $ac_fsusage_space = yes], [$1], [$2])dnl
 
 ])

m4/getloadavg.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 7
+#serial 8
 
 # A replacement for autoconf's macro by the same name.  This version
 # accepts an optional argument specifying the name of the $srcdir-relative
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ AC_DEFUN([AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG],
 # By default, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/.
 ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir
 # But if there's an argument, DIR, expect to find getloadavg.c in $srcdir/DIR.
-ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
+m4_ifval([$1], [ac_lib_dir_getloadavg=$srcdir/$1])
 # Make sure getloadavg.c is where it belongs, at ./configure-time.
 test -f $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg/getloadavg.c \
   || AC_MSG_ERROR([getloadavg.c is not in $ac_lib_dir_getloadavg])
@@ -99,5 +99,7 @@ if test "x$ac_save_LIBS" = x; then
 else
   GETLOADAVG_LIBS=`echo "$LIBS" | sed "s!$ac_save_LIBS!!"`
 fi
+LIBS=$ac_save_LIBS
+
 AC_SUBST(GETLOADAVG_LIBS)dnl
 ])# AC_FUNC_GETLOADAVG

m4/jm-macros.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 25
+#serial 29   -*- autoconf -*-
 
 dnl Misc type-related macros for fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
 
@@ -32,6 +32,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     paths.h \
     stdlib.h \
     stddef.h \
+    stdint.h \
     string.h \
     sys/acl.h \
     sys/filsys.h \
@@ -116,7 +117,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
   dnl used by e.g. intl/*domain.c and lib/canon-host.c
   AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strdup)
 
-  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memmove memcpy memset)
+  AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(memchr memcpy memmove memrchr memset)
   AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
 
   # By default, argmatch should fail calling usage (1).
@@ -176,6 +177,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     strerror \
     strrchr \
     sysinfo \
+    wcrtomb \
     tzset \
   )
 
@@ -221,6 +223,7 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_MACROS,
     AC_LIBOBJ(fsusage)
     AC_LIBOBJ(mountlist)
   fi
+  AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_DOS])
 
 ])
 

m4/ls-mntd-fs.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 5
+#serial 6
 
 dnl From Jim Meyering.
 dnl
@@ -239,6 +239,6 @@ if test -z "$ac_list_mounted_fs"; then
   # Can't build mountlist.c or anything that needs its functions
 fi
 
-AC_SHELL_IFELSE([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])dnl
+AS_IFELSE([test $ac_list_mounted_fs = found], [$1], [$2])dnl
 
   ])

m4/prereq.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 11
+#serial 13
 
 dnl These are the prerequisite macros for files in the lib/
 dnl directories of the fileutils, sh-utils, and textutils packages.
@@ -7,10 +7,12 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ,
 [
   jm_PREREQ_ADDEXT
   jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST
+  jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME
   jm_PREREQ_ERROR
   jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE
   jm_PREREQ_HUMAN
   jm_PREREQ_MBSWIDTH
+  jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR
   jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG
   jm_PREREQ_READUTMP
   jm_PREREQ_REGEX
@@ -39,6 +41,18 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_CANON_HOST,
                    netinet/in.h arpa/inet.h)
 ])
 
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_DIRNAME,
+[
+  AC_HEADER_STDC
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(string.h)
+])
+
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE,
+[
+  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
+])
+
 # If you use human.c, you need the following files:
 # uintmax_t.m4 inttypes_h.m4 ulonglong.m4
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HUMAN,
@@ -49,10 +63,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_HUMAN,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
 ])
 
-AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_GETPAGESIZE,
+AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_MEMCHR,
 [
-  AC_CHECK_FUNCS(getpagesize)
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(OS.h unistd.h)
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h bp-sym.h)
 ])
 
 AC_DEFUN(jm_PREREQ_QUOTEARG,

m4/regex.m4

@@ -51,10 +51,9 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_INCLUDED_REGEX,
     fi
 
     test -n "$1" || AC_MSG_ERROR([missing argument])
-    syscmd([test -f $1])
-    ifelse(sysval, 0,
+    m4_syscmd([test -f $1])
+    ifelse(m4_sysval, 0,
       [
-
 	AC_ARG_WITH(included-regex,
 	[  --without-included-regex don't compile regex; this is the default on
                           systems with version 2 of the GNU C library

m4/xstrtoumax.m4

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-#serial 2
+#serial 3
 
 # autoconf tests required for use of xstrtoumax.c
 
@@ -7,7 +7,8 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UINTMAX_T])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_HEADER_INTTYPES_H])
   AC_REQUIRE([jm_AC_TYPE_UNSIGNED_LONG_LONG])
-  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(stdlib.h)
+  AC_CHECK_DECLS([strtoul, strtoull])
+  AC_CHECK_HEADERS(limits.h stdlib.h)
 
   AC_CACHE_CHECK([whether <inttypes.h> defines strtoumax as a macro],
     jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,
@@ -28,7 +29,13 @@ AC_DEFUN(jm_AC_PREREQ_XSTRTOUMAX,
   dnl so we need the replacement strtoull only if strtoumax does not exist.
   case "$ac_cv_type_unsigned_long_long,$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
     yes,no,no)
-      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoull strtol)
+      ;;
+  esac
+
+  case "$jm_cv_func_strtoumax_macro,$ac_cv_func_strtoumax" in
+    no,no)
+      AC_REPLACE_FUNCS(strtoul strtol)
       ;;
   esac
 

man/help2man

@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ use Text::Tabs qw(expand);
 use POSIX qw(strftime setlocale LC_TIME);
 
 my $this_program = 'help2man';
-my $this_version = '1.022';
+my $this_version = '1.24';
 my $version_info = <<EOT;
 GNU $this_program $this_version
 
@@ -59,18 +59,20 @@ EOT
 
 my $section = 1;
 my ($opt_name, @opt_include, $opt_output, $opt_no_info);
-
-# Parse options.
-Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
-GetOptions (
+my %opt_def = (
     'n|name=s'		=> \$opt_name,
     's|section=s'	=> \$section,
     'i|include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 1 ] },
     'I|opt-include=s'	=> sub { push @opt_include, [ pop, 0 ] },
     'o|output=s'	=> \$opt_output,
     'N|no-info'		=> \$opt_no_info,
-    help		=> sub { print $help_info; exit },
-    version		=> sub { print $version_info; exit },
+);
+
+# Parse options.
+Getopt::Long::config('bundling');
+GetOptions (%opt_def,
+    help    => sub { print $help_info; exit },
+    version => sub { print $version_info; exit },
 ) or die $help_info;
 
 die $help_info unless @ARGV == 1;
@@ -93,9 +95,9 @@ BEGIN { eval q(sub qr { '' =~ $_[0]; $_[0] }) if $] < 5.005 }
 #   verbatim text
 #
 
-for (@opt_include)
+while (@opt_include)
 {
-    my ($inc, $required) = @$_;
+    my ($inc, $required) = @{shift @opt_include};
 
     next unless -f $inc or $required;
     die "$this_program: can't open `$inc' ($!)\n"
@@ -134,9 +136,20 @@ for (@opt_include)
 	    next;
 	}
 
-	# Silently ignore anything before the first
-	# section--allows for comments and revision info.
-	next unless $key;
+	# Check for options before the first section--anything else is
+	# silently ignored, allowing the first for comments and
+	# revision info.
+	unless ($key)
+	{
+	    # handle options
+	    if (/^-/)
+	    {
+		local @ARGV = split;
+		GetOptions %opt_def;
+	    }
+
+	    next;
+	}
 
 	$hash->{$key} ||= '';
 	$hash->{$key} .= $_;
@@ -269,9 +282,11 @@ s/^\n+//;
 s/\n*$/\n/;
 s/\n\n+/\n\n/g;
 
-# Temporarily exchange leading dots and backslashes for tokens.
+# Temporarily exchange leading dots, apostrophes and backslashes for
+# tokens.
 s/^\./\x80/mg;
-s/\\/\x81/g;
+s/^'/\x81/mg;
+s/\\/\x82/g;
 
 # Start a new paragraph (if required) for these.
 s/([^\n])\n(Report +bugs|Email +bug +reports +to|Written +by)/$1\n\n$2/g;
@@ -366,7 +381,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length ($4 || "$1$3");
-	$content = ".TP\n\x82$2\n\x82$5\n";
+	$content = ".TP\n\x83$2\n\x83$5\n";
 	unless ($4)
 	{
 	    # Indent may be different on second line.
@@ -378,7 +393,7 @@ while (length)
     elsif (s/^ {1,10}([+-]\S.*)\n//)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
-	$content = ".HP\n\x82$1\n";
+	$content = ".HP\n\x83$1\n";
 	$indent = 80; # not continued
     }
 
@@ -387,7 +402,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length $1;
-	$content = ".TP\n\x82$2\n\x82$3\n";
+	$content = ".TP\n\x83$2\n\x83$3\n";
     }
 
     # Indented paragraph.
@@ -395,7 +410,7 @@ while (length)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
 	$indent = length $1;
-	$content = ".IP\n\x82$2\n";
+	$content = ".IP\n\x83$2\n";
     }
 
     # Left justified paragraph.
@@ -411,7 +426,7 @@ while (length)
     while (s/^ {$indent}(\S.*)\n//)
     {
 	$matched .= $& if %append;
-	$content .= "\x82$1\n"
+	$content .= "\x83$1\n"
     }
 
     # Move to next paragraph.
@@ -419,9 +434,10 @@ while (length)
 
     for ($content)
     {
-	# Leading dot protection.
-	s/\x82\./\x80/g;
-	s/\x82//g;
+	# Leading dot and apostrophe protection.
+	s/\x83\./\x80/g;
+	s/\x83'/\x81/g;
+	s/\x83//g;
 
 	# Convert options.
 	s/(^| )(-[][\w=-]+)/$1 . convert_option $2/mge;
@@ -485,9 +501,10 @@ for (@pre, (grep ! /^($filter)$/o, @include), @post)
 
 	for ($include{$_})
 	{
-	    # Replace leading dot an backslash tokens.
+	    # Replace leading dot, apostrophe and backslash tokens.
 	    s/\x80/\\&./g;
-	    s/\x81/\\e/g;
+	    s/\x81/\\&'/g;
+	    s/\x82/\\e/g;
 	    print;
 	}
     }

man/sha1sum.x

@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+[NAME]
+shasum \- compute and check SHA1 message digest
+[DESCRIPTION]
+.\" Add any additional description here

old/fileutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,5 +1,760 @@
+2000-12-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.35.
+
+	* Regenerate build/config framework to use automake-1.4b and
+	the latest CVS version autoconf.
+	
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: Disable the test if the working directory has
+	the sticky bit set.
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Likewise.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+2000-12-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Clean-up to avoid warnings from Irix's c89.
+	* src/remove.c (hash_compare_active_dir_ents): Return explicit `true'
+	or `false', rather than relying on implicit int-to-enum cast.
+	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): Remove declaration and set of unused
+	variables: src_sb_no_link, dst_sb_no_link.
+	* src/ls.c (extract_dirs_from_files): Remove unused variable.
+	Reported by Nelson Beebe.
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): Move decl of local, val, into the scope
+	where it's used.
+
+2000-12-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	For both ln and install, when using `--backup=simple --suffix=S',
+	the suffix `S' wasn't used.
+
+	* src/ln.c (main): Actually use the local variable,
+	`backup_suffix_string'.
+	* src/install.c (main): Likewise.
+	Nelson Beebe reported the unused variables.
+	* tests/ln/misc: Add a test for this (for all of cp, mv, ln, install).
+
+	* man/help2man: Update to version 1.24.
+
+2000-12-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.34.
+
+	* src/shred.c (isaac_seed_machdep) [_ARCH_PPC]: Disable the code
+	that would use the PPC mfspr `asm' code.  Suggestion from Michael Stone.
+
+2000-12-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Use `ref_file' in place of `file' to make
+	descriptions of the various --reference=... options clearer.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-12-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/chown-core.c (uint_to_string): New function.
+	(uid_to_name): Use it.
+	(gid_to_name): Use it.
+	Rename locals, user/group, to uid/gid.
+
+	* src/chown-core.h (enum Change_status): Start with 1.
+
+	* src/chown.c (main): Rename locals, user/group, to uid/gid.
+	* src/chgrp.c (main): Rename local, group, to gid.
+
+	* tests/group-names: New file.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add group-names.
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: Use group-names.
+	* tests/chgrp/deref: Likewise.
+	* tests/chgrp/recurse: Likewise.
+
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: Don't assume that creating a file gives it
+	group $g1.
+
+	* tests/chgrp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add recurse.
+
+2000-12-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/chown-core.h [enum Dereference_symlink] (dereference): Rename
+	from change_symlinks.
+	* src/chown-core.c: Declare lstat.
+	Rename change_symlinks member to `dereference' and use the DEREF_*
+	enum values.
+	(describe_change): Merge the chgrp and chown switch statements.
+	Use xmalloc to form the `user:group' string.
+	(change_file_owner): Record (and later, use) is_symlink and is_directory
+	from the lstat stats, in order to control whether we operate on symlinks
+	and whether (with -R) we traverse symlinks to directories.
+	When dereferencing, use open/fchown (rather than chown) on symlinks.
+	* src/chown.c (main): Reflect renaming: s/dereference/change_symlinks/.
+	* src/chgrp.c (main): Likewise.
+
+	* src/chown-core.c (describe_change): Use `:' (not `.') to separate the
+	username and group in messages evoked by the --verbose and --changes
+	options.
+
+2000-12-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (noinst_HEADERS): Add chown-core.h.
+	(chown_SOURCES): Define.
+	(chgrp_SOURCES): Define.
+
+	* src/chgrp.c: Include "chown-core.h".
+	[enum Change_status, enum Verbosity]: Remove declarations.
+	Remove decls of globals that are now part of struct Chown_option.
+	Remove decl of xstat.
+	(describe_change): Remove function.
+	(change_file_group): Likewise.
+	(change_dir_group): Likewise.
+	(parse_group): Don't set global, groupname, here...
+	(main): ... instead, initialize `chopt.group_name' here.
+	Initialize chopt and update uses of the now-members.
+	Set group_name also when it's obtained via a --reference=FILE option.
+	Call change_file_owner (with -1 for uids), not change_file_group.
+
+	* src/chown.c: Don't include pwd.h or grp.h -- no longer needed.
+	Include "chown-core.h".
+	[enum Change_status, enum Verbosity]: Remove declarations.
+	Remove decls of globals that are now part of struct Chown_option.
+	(describe_change): Remove function.
+	(change_file_owner): Likewise.
+	(change_dir_owner): Likewise.
+	(main): Initialize chopt and update uses of the now-members.
+	Set user_name and group_name also when they're obtained via a
+	--reference=FILE option.
+	Pass `chopt' to change_file_owner.
+
+	* src/chown-core.c: Include <pwd.h>, <grp.h>, and "xalloc.h".
+	[!_POSIX_VERSION]: Declare getgrnam and getgrgid.
+	(gid_to_name): New function.
+	(uid_to_name): Likewise.
+	(chopt_free): Likewise.
+
+	Factor out code that's common to chgrp.c and chown.c.
+	* src/chown-core.h: New file.
+	* src/chown-core.c (chopt_init): New function.
+	(describe_change): Extracted/combined from chgrp.c and chown.c.
+	(change_dir_owner): Likewise.
+	(change_file_owner): Likewise.
+	* po/POTFILES.in: Add src/chown-core.c.
+
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/chgrp/Makefile.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add chgrp.
+	* tests/chgrp: New directory.
+	* tests/chgrp/basic: New test.
+	* tests/chgrp/deref: Likewise.
+	* tests/chgrp/Makefile.am: New file.
+
+	* src/chown.c (change_file_owner): Restore special file permission
+	bits, since calling chown resets them on some systems.
+	Reported by Matt Perry.
+
+2000-12-08  Andreas Schwab  <schwab@suse.de>
+
+	* tests/mv/mv-special-1: Don't make the success of the test depend
+	on the order in which directory entries are processed.
+
+2000-12-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file) [USE_ACL]: Set have_acl member unconditionally
+	to avoid uninitialized memory reference via FILE_HAS_ACL.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (alpha): Use rsync rather than scp, so the destination
+	file is created only after the successful completion of the copy.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/ls/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add follow-slink.
+	* tests/ls/follow-slink: New file.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (gobble_file): Do not fall back on lstat if stat
+	fails; POSIX.2 does not allow this.  Invoke acl only on
+	non-symlinks, and only if lstat or stat succeeds.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure: Regenerate using the very latest version (in CVS) of
+	autoconf.
+
+	* tests/dd/skip-seek: Remove test #2, now that support for the
+	`B' suffix is gone.
+	* tests/dd/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add skip-seek2
+	* tests/dd/skip-seek2: New file.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c (skip, dd_copy): Use ssize_t to store result of
+	safe_read, to avoid overflow e.g. on 64-bit Solaris sparc.
+	(dd_copy): Remove unnecessary cast.
+
+2000-12-01  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Remove B suffix.  Document how to have
+	the desired effect without it.
+
+	* src/dd.c: Undo most of the changes since 2000-11-24, since we've
+	documented a standard way to do it.
+	(skip_bytes, seek_bytes): Remove.
+	(usage): Remove B suffix.
+	(scanargs, skip, dd_copy, main): Remove support for B suffix.
+
+2000-11-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): Remove any trailing slash unconditionally.
+	Reported by Volker Borchert.
+	* tests/mkdir/t-slash: Add a test for this.
+
+2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.33.
+
+	* tests/touch/no-rights: Use touch with `-d tomorrow' to avoid a
+	race condition.
+
+	* tests/Fetish.pm (_compare_files): New function.
+	(_process_file_spec): Likewise.
+	(_at_replace): Likewise.
+	(run_tests): Support new keywords, AUX and CMP and associated
+	syntax and semantics.
+
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c (skip): Perform the `records < blocksize' test
+	at the top of the loop, not at the bottom.
+
+2000-11-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c (skip): New arg COUNT_BYTES.  Read with BLOCKSIZE
+	bytes, but consider RECORDS to be a byte count if COUNT_BYTES
+	is nonzero.
+
+2000-11-25  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Document seek=nB and skip=nB.
+
+	* src/dd.c (skip_bytes, seek_bytes): Now booleans, not counts.
+	(seek_records): Renamed from seek_record, for consistency with
+	skip_records and max_records.  All uses changed.
+
+	(usage, scanargs): Remove bseek=n and bskip=n; instead, use seek=nB
+	and skip=nB.
+	(enum Unit, Unit): Remove.
+	(skip, dd_copy, main): Undo most recent change.
+	(dd_copy, main): Pass blocksize of 1 as appropriate when
+	skip_bytes or seek_bytes is nonzero.
+	(main): Rework ftruncate failure diagnostic to always use byte count.
+
+2000-11-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c: Add new options, bskip and bseek.
+	Based on a patch from Chris Sylvain.
+	* tests/dd/skip-seek: New tests.
+	* tests/dd/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add skip-seek.
+
+2000-11-24  Paul Eggert  <eggert@green.twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c (S_TYPEISSHM): New macro.
+	(main): Report failed fstat.
+	Complain only when ftruncate fails on a regular file,
+	a directory, or a shared memory object.
+
+2000-11-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dd.c: Declare a pointer parameters to be `const' as appropriate.
+
+	* src/dd.c (main): Use ftruncate only on regular files.
+	Based on a patch from Michael Stone.
+	Reported by andras@kolumbus.fi at http://bugs.debian.org/77174.
+
+2000-11-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/df.c (show_point): Before accepting an entry as a match, make
+	sure that the mount directory exists and has the required device number.
+	Before, e.g., `df /floppy' would mistakenly report on the root
+	partition if /floppy were not listed in /etc/mtab but / was.
+	Patch from Eirik Fuller (http://bugs.debian.org/76923).
+
+	* src/chmod.c (mode_changed): New function.
+	(change_file_mode): Use it to determine accurately when -c should
+	make chmod announce there's been a change.
+	Based on a patch from Michael Stone.
+	Reported by Kai Henningsen as Debian bug #77349.
+
+	* tests/chmod/c-option: New test for the above fix.
+	* tests/chmod/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add c-option
+
+	* tests/sticky-check: New file.  Factored out of tests/mkdir/parents.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add sticky-check.
+	* tests/mkdir/parents: Source sticky-check instead of open-coding it.
+
+2000-11-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/chmod/equal-x: Update to use its own directory, and better trap.
+
+2000-11-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION, COLOR_OPTION, FORMAT_OPTION,
+	INDICATOR_STYLE_OPTION, QUOTING_STYLE_OPTION,
+	SHOW_CONTROL_CHARS_OPTION, SORT_OPTION, TIME_OPTION): New enum
+	values, to ensure that option values can't collide with chars.
+	(long_options, decode_switches): Use them.
+
+2000-11-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (GETOPT_HELP_CHAR, GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR): Now enum
+	constants rather than macros.  Use values that cannot conflict
+	with C characters or with -1, CHAR_MAX + 1, etc.
+
+2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/du.c (count_entry): Don't omit the size of a directory entry
+	merely because we couldn't `chdir' into it.  That would give subtly
+	different results in some cases.  Reported by Mattias Wadenstein
+	via Michael Stone.
+
+	* src/ls.c: Revert change of 2000-11-11.  It inadvertently change
+	the output format of `ls -l --full-time'.
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): When failing to create a directory, give only
+	one diagnostic, not two.  Reported by Volker Borchert.
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): With --parents, remove any trailing slashes
+	from the argument to the final mkdir call.  Required for NetBSD.
+	Reported by Volker Borchert.
+	* tests/mkdir/t-slash: New test for this.
+	* tests/mkdir/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add t-slash.
+
+	* tests/mv/mv-special-1: Create and `cd' into temporary directory
+	before anything else.  Reported by Volker Borchert.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (.NOTPARALLEL): Remove target.
+	* GNUmakefile (.NOTPARALLEL): ... put it here instead, since this
+	file is common to these packages: fileutils, sh-utils, textutils.
+
+	* Makefile.am (.NOTPARALLEL): New target.  Prevent unwanted parallelism.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+	* po/Makefile.in.in (Makefile): Likewise.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (sha1): Define.
+	(announcement): Include SHA1 digest of .tar.gz file.
+
+2000-11-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: Add an `echo' so that the input to the sed command
+	is NL-terminated.  Otherwise, Solaris' /bin/sed generates no output.
+	Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+2000-11-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (ST_TIME_CMP_NS): Fix typo: ST_MTIM_NSEC should
+	be tested with #ifdef, not with #if.
+
+2000-11-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format): Remove obsolete comment.
+	From Paul Eggert.
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+
+2000-11-11  Paul Eggert  <eggert@sic.twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (<langinfo.h>): Include if HAVE_LANGINFO_H.
+	(DATE_FMT_LANGINFO): New macro, taken from sh-utils/src/date.c.
+	(print_long_format): Use it to determine "date" format.
+	Do not wrap "%b %e %Y" and "%b %e %H:%M" in _(), as it results in
+	incorrect behavior when LC_ALL is unset, LC_TIME is "C", and
+	LC_MESSAGES or LANG is set to something disagreeing with the POSIX
+	locale.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.32.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (GZIP_ENV): Define to --no-name, so the timestamp
+	is not included in the .tar.gz file.
+
+	* tests/mkdir/perm (tests): Use `empty' (instead of just blanks) to
+	indicate no `-m' option.  Using just blanks wasn't portable to
+	Solaris2.5.1's /bin/sh.
+
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: Don't put a newline in IFS;  that's not portable to
+	NetBSD's /bin/sh.  Instead, filter newlines and leading/trailing blanks
+	out of `tests' before the `set -'.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (announcement): Limit depth of ChangeLog `find' to 2.
+
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format): Wrap the `--full-time' date format
+	string in _(...), so it too may be internationalized.
+	Suggestion from Jungshik Shin.
+
+2000-11-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/touch.c (main): Interpret a lone numeric argument of 8 or 10
+	digits as a file name, rather than as a date/time in the obsolescent
+	`MMDDhhmm[YY]' format.  Reported by Wenjun Zheng.
+	* tests/touch/obsolescent: New test for this.
+	* tests/touch/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add obsolescent.
+
+2000-11-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Move mkdir tests into ../mkdir.
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Use Free Documentation Licence.
+	Change GNU to @sc{gnu} in many places.
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+	* man/help2man: Update from latest version: 1.23.
+
+	* src/mkdir.c: Do not set the permissions of the final directory
+	component if it was not just created.
+	Based on a patch from Volker Borchert.
+
+	* tests/rwx-to-mode: New file.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add rwx-to-mode.
+	* tests/mkdir/parents: New test for the above mkdir.c fix.
+	* tests/mkdir/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add parents.
+	(TESTS_ENVIRONMENT): Define srcdir=$(srcdir).
+
+2000-11-02  Won-kyu Park  <wkpark@chem.skku.ac.kr>
+
+	* src/df.c (print_header): Mark strings for translation.
+
+2000-11-05  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.31.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): Use make_dir instead of using mkdir directly.
+	Diagnose as failure when mkdir tries to create (without the
+	--parent (-p) option) a directory that already exists.
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Add a test for the above fix.
+
+	* tests/mv/mv-special-1: Clean up this test.
+
+2000-11-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.30.
+
+	* src/chmod.c (main): Better diagnostics.
+
+2000-10-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/lang-default: Add all the internationalization-related
+	variable names autoconf uses.  Set and export them in a loop.
+
+	`mkdir -p' would create parent directories with permissions
+	that did not account for the umask. [introduced with the
+	2000-09-30 change that became part of fileutils-4.0.28]
+	* src/mkdir.c: Include dirname.h.
+	Compute the parent directory `mode' unconditionally, effectively
+	as `$(umask -S),u+wx'.
+	Use make_path to create only the parent directories, thus using
+	the same code, both with and without -p, to create the final
+	component in each file name.  Reported by Bob Proulx.
+
+	Add tests for the above fix.
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Add some permission tests.
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: Fix the test so it actually does something.
+	Run each test also with mkdir's `-p' option and check permissions
+	on the parent directories.
+
+2000-10-23  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/getdate.texi: Use @sc where appropriate.  Document the
+	ranges of supported times more precisely.  Correct menu
+	spacing.  Document old Latin 12m/12pm tradition.  Remove list
+	of alphabetic time zone names, as it wasn't correct and people
+	shouldn't be relying on it anyway.  Relative items also
+	account for non-DST adjustments.  Fix some misspellings.
+
+2000-10-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 4.0.29.
+
+	* src/cp.c (do_copy): When constructing dst_path for use with the
+	--parents option, first remove any trailing slashes from the command
+	line argument.  Otherwise, tests/cp/cp-parent would fail on NetBSD.
+
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: Add a test.
+
+	* src/ls.c (DT_INIT): Define.
+	[enum filetype]: Remove the #ifdef, and use DT_INIT on the
+	initializers instead.  `unknown' was undefined for some systems.
+	Reported by John David Anglin.
+
+	* tests/lang-default (LC_COLLATE): Set it to the empty string and
+	export it.  Otherwise, tests/cp/cp-mv-backup would fail e.g., when
+	LC_COLLATE was set to en.  Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+2000-10-28  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (main): In call to gobble_file with `"."', use `directory'
+	as the type, not `unknown'.
+	[enum filetype] (arg_directory): Rather than `100', use
+	a number that should never conflict with another DT_* value.
+	From Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	* Version 4.0.28.
+
+	Make `ls' a lot more efficient on systems (e.g., linux-2.4.*)
+	that store file type information in directory entries.
+
+	* src/ls.c [enum filetype] (unknown):
+	Add members (as yet unused):
+	(HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE): Define.
+	(format_needs_type): New global.
+	(main): Set it.
+	(print_dir): Set `type' from directory entry, if possible.
+	(gobble_file): Add a parameter, TYPE.
+	Stat the file only if its type is unknown and we need the type.
+	Patch from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	Shred can now determine the size of a block devices (e.g. /dev/fd0)
+	by writing until a write operation fails.
+
+	* src/shred.c: Include assert.h.
+	(fillrand): Add a parameter, size_max.
+	Adjust caller.
+	Add an assertion.
+	(dopass): Break out of the `for (;;)' loop if size < offset.
+	That can happen now that dopass is called with SIZE == -1.
+	(do_wipefd): Accept a length of zero only for a regular file.
+	If lseek fails or returns 0 for a non-regular file, let dopass
+	determine the length.
+	Inspired by a patch from Alan Iwi.
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add lang-default.
+
+	* tests/rm/hash: Factor out the expensive-test-checking code, ...
+	* tests/expensive: ... into this new file.
+	* tests/cp/perm: Disable this test by default; it's expensive.
+	Mark this as an expensive test.
+	* tests/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add expensive.
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi (shred invocation): Give two examples.
+
+2000-10-26  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/getdate.texi (Authors of getdate): Add Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add .prev-version.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cp.c (make_path_private): Add a FIXME comment.
+
+	* tests/lang-default: New file.  Set LANG, LC_ALL, and LANGUAGE to ''
+	(rather than to `C') and export them into the environment.
+	Suggestion from Bruno Haible.
+
+	* tests/cp/backup-is-src: Source lang-default rather than open-coding
+	the setting/exporting of LANG, LC_ALL, and LANGUAGE.
+	* tests/cp/cp-mv-backup: Likewise.
+	* tests/cp/same-file: Likewise.
+	* tests/cp/slink-2-slink: Likewise.
+	* tests/cp/symlink-slash: Likewise.
+	* tests/ln/sf-1: Likewise.
+	* tests/ls/symlink-slash: Likewise.
+	* tests/ls/time-1: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/backup-is-src: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/diag: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/force: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/hard-link-1: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/i-2: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/into-self: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/into-self-2: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/into-self-3: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/mv-special-1: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/part-symlink: Likewise.
+	* tests/mv/partition-perm: Likewise.
+	* tests/rm/r-1: Likewise.
+	* tests/rm/r-2: Likewise.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/cp-parents: New test.
+	* tests/cp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add cp-parents;
+
+2000-10-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+	* depcomp: Likewise.
+
+2000-10-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/mv/part-symlink: Make sure the programs use C-locale formats
+	and translations.  Bruno Haible reported that this test would fail
+	when using other locales, because ls printed a translation of `total'.
+
+2000-10-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/ls.c (print_long_format): Wrap date format strings in _(...)
+	so they may be internationalized.  Suggestion from Christian Rose.
+
+2000-10-13  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/mv.c (rm_option_init): Remove FIXME-maybe comment.
+
+2000-09-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/du/two-args: Update to use newer template.
+
+	* src/install.c: Remove big, option-describing comment block.
+	(main): Rename local `symbolic_mode' to `specified_mode'.
+
+	* src/mkdir.c (main): Don't set the umask to 0 and hand-apply
+	the previously-set umask unconditionally.  Do that only when a
+	MODE has been specified.  Otherwise, call mkdir with the full
+	creation mask (0777 or 0666) and let the kernel apply the umask.
+	The difference shows up only on file systems with ACL support
+	when the containing directory has a default ACL.
+	Patch by Andreas Gruenbacher.
+	(main): Rename local `symbolic_mode' to `specified_mode'.
+	* src/mknod.c (main): Likewise (but `call mknod', not mkdir).
+	Also, when MODE is specified, call chmod to ensure that the
+	permission bits are set as specified even when the containing
+	directory has a default ACL.
+	Patch by Andreas Gruenbacher.
+	* src/mkfifo.c (main): Likewise (but `call mkfifo', not mkdir).
+	Patch by Andreas Gruenbacher.
+
+	* tests/mkdir/perm: New test.
+	* tests/mkdir/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add perm.
+
+2000-08-17  Andreas Gruenbacher  <ag@bestbits.at>
+
+	* src/chmod.c (change_file_mode): Perform the chmod even if the
+	file mode permission bits are the same as those that should be set.
+	Omitting the chmod call would be alright with minimal 1003.1e DS17
+	ACLs, but eventually there may be other permissions in addition to
+	rwx.  E.g., add and delete for directories, and something analogous
+	to NT's take ownership permission.
+
+2000-09-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/same-file: Don't use `diff -u'.  It's not portable.
+	Reported by Christian Krackowizer.
+	* tests/cp/same-file: Run `diff -c' only if cmp finds a difference.
+	* tests/mv/part-symlink: Likewise.  And clean up.
+
+	`shred --exact file1 file2' wouldn't touch `file1'
+	* src/shred.c (long_opts): --exact doesn't take an argument.
+	Reported by Alan Iwi.
+	* tests/shred/exact: New test for this.
+	* tests/shred/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add exact.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (PREV_VERSION): Get the value from a file, rather
+	than trying to derive it from the current version number.
+	This is much more robust.
+	(alpha): Record just-released version number in `.prev-version',
+	and commit (post-tag).
+
+	* Version 4.0.27.
+
+2000-09-24  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi: Update to more closely match changes in 4.0z.
+	* src/cp.c (usage): Match revised documentation better.
+
+2000-09-24  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/cp.c (main): Tweak a relatively new diagnostic.
+
+2000-09-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/ls/time-1: Output more information when a test fails.
+
+2000-09-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/install.c (cp_option_init): Once again make it so install always
+	unlinks an existing destination before trying to open it for writing.
+	Otherwise, installing onto a running shared library would make the
+	running program malfunction.
+	Reported by Dan Pascu via Michael Stone.
+
+	* src/mv.c (do_move): Moving a directory specified with a trailing
+	slash from one partition to another, and giving it a different
+	name at the destination would cause mv to get a failed assertion.
+	Reported by Michael Stone.
+	(strip_trailing_slashes_2): Move function definition to precede
+	new first use.
+	* tests/mv/part-rename: New test for the above fix.
+	* tests/mv/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add part-rename.
+
+	* src/copy.c (copy_internal): Don't try to unlink directories when
+	using --remove-dest with -R.
+	* tests/cp/dir-rm-dest: New test for the above fix.
+	* tests/cp/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add dir-rm-dest.
+
+2000-09-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/fileutils.texi (cp invocation): Describe how --force works.
+	Update description of -P (soon to change meaning to conform w/POSIX).
+	Describe --remove-destination.
+
+	* src/cp.c (main): When used with --force, each of the --link and
+	--symbolic-link options now implies --remove-destination.
+	Reported by Miles Bader via Mike Stone.
+	* tests/cp/link: New file.  Test for the above fix.
+	* tests/cp/same-file: Adjust for this change in behavior.
+
+2000-09-15  Volker Borchert  <bt@teknon.de>
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (check-root, root-hint): New targets.
+	(check-recursive): Depend on root-hint.
+	* Makefile.am (check-root): New target.
+
+2000-09-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/perm.texi (Changing Special Permissions): Remove this statement:
+	``a' in the USERS part of a symbolic mode does not cause the special
+	permissions to be affected'...  It doesn't reflect what the code does
+	and isn't required by POSIX.  Reported by aldomel@ix.netcom.com via
+	Mike Stone.
+
+2000-09-15  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* config.sub: Update from master repository.
+
+2000-09-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/cp/cp-mv-backup (LC_ALL): Set to `C' and export to ensure
+	that `ls' sorts the same way for everyone.  Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+	* Makefile.maint (b_host): Use freefriends.org, not tug.org.
+
 2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
+	* Makefile.maint (announcement): Use a stricter regexp for the
+	previous version.
+
 	* Version 4.0z.
 
 	* tests/cp/special-bits: New file.
@@ -83,6 +838,8 @@
 	do this.  Now, you must use `cp --remove-destination' to get this
 	behavior.  Now, `cp -f' and `mv -f' work as required by POSIX.
 	[unlink_dest_after_failed_open]: Add member.
+	Paul Eggert reported that `cp -f' removes an existing destination
+	file unconditionally, and that is contrary to POSIX.
 
 	* src/copy.c (same_file_ok): New function, extracted from copy_internal,
 	and rewritten.
@@ -979,7 +1736,7 @@
 2000-02-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* tests/touch/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add fifo.
-	* tests/touch/fifo (fail): New file.
+	* tests/touch/fifo: New file.
 
 2000-02-01  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 

old/fileutils/NEWS

@@ -1,4 +1,56 @@
 Changes in release 4.01:
+[4.0.35]
+* ln --backup=simple --suffix=SUFFIX once again uses SUFFIX
+* install: Likewise.
+[4.0.34]
+* fix a bug (introduced in 4.0z) that made `chown 123:456 file' act like
+    `chown 123:123 file'.  Other uses with a numeric group ID would cause
+    chown to fail when it shouldn't have.
+* the chown and chgrp programs preserve set-uid and set-gid bits, even on
+    systems for which the chown function call resets those bits.
+* `ls -L dangling-symlink' now fails (per POSIX) rather than printing the
+    link name
+* dd no longer honors the just-added `B' suffix on skip= and seek= arguments.
+* `mkdir no-such-dir/' no longer fails on NetBSD systems
+[4.0.33]
+* dd now accepts skip=nB and seek=nB, to advance past some number of bytes, n,
+    that need not be a multiple of the block size.
+* dd (without conv=notrunc) now uses ftruncate only on regular files
+* chmod --changes (-c) once again issues diagnostics only for the files
+    with changed permissions
+* mkdir now gives one diagnostic (rather than two) for certain failures
+* mkdir portability fix for NetBSD
+[4.0.32]
+* touch now interprets a lone numeric argument of 8 or 10 digits as a file name,
+  rather than as a date/time in the obsolescent `MMDDhhmm[YY]' format.
+* mkdir no longer sets the permissions of the final directory component
+  if it already exists (this bug, too, was introduced recently)
+* ls's --full-time format string is now locale dependent
+[4.0.31]
+* mkdir: fix a bug introduced in 4.0.30 whereby `mkdir existing-dir' would
+  succeed.  Now it fails, as it should (and used to).
+[4.0.30]
+* mkdir: fix a bug introduced in 4.0.28 whereby parent directories created
+  via `mkdir -p' would have permissions that did not account for the umask
+[4.0.29]
+* ls.c wouldn't compile on some systems: fix it
+* `cp -R --parents dir1/ dir2' failed on NetBSD, due to a portability problem
+[4.0.28]
+* ls is much more efficient on systems (e.g., linux-2.4.*) that store file
+    type information in directory entries.
+* shred now automatically determines the size of each block device argument
+* ls's date/time format strings are now local dependent
+* mkdir, mknod, mkfifo, and chmod work better in conjunction with ACLs
+* `cp --parents dir1/ dir2' no longer gets a failed assertion
+* shred now determines the size of block devices like /dev/fd0
+* `shred --exact file1 file2' now erases `file1', too
+[4.0.27]
+* install once again unlinks an existing destination before trying to open it
+* mv no longer gets a failed assertion when moving a directory (specified with
+    a trailing slash) from one partition to another, and giving it a different
+    name at the destination.
+* `cp --link -f src existing-dest' no longer fails (bug introduced in 4.0z)
+* cp's new --remove-destination option now works with -R
 [4.0z]
 * `cp -p' once again preserves `special' permission bits (this bug was
     introduced in 4.0y)

old/sh-utils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,130 @@
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+	* djgpp: New directory.
+	* djgpp/*: New files.
+	* Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add djgpp.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add djgpp/Makefile.
+	From Prashant TR.
+
+2000-12-08  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c: Include xalloc.h.
+	(main): Use dir_name rather than the underlying dir_name_r.
+	The former now handles cwd-relative names with drive-letter prefixes.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/seq.c (valid_format): Move pre-increment to a separate statement
+	to avoid a warning.
+
+	* src/id.c: Move dcls of globals used only in main...
+	(main): ...to here.
+	(usage): Clarify option descriptions.
+
+2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* po/Makefile.in.in: Sync with the one from fileutils.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* GNUmakefile (.NOTPARALLEL): New target.  Prevent unwanted parallelism.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+	* src/pinky.c: Explicitly include sys/types.h before including system.h.
+	* src/uptime.c: Likewise.
+	* src/users.c: Likewise.
+	* src/who.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (ST_TIME_CMP_NS): Fix typo: ST_MTIM_NSEC should
+	be tested with #ifdef, not with #if.
+
+2000-11-12  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (show_date): Add a comment explaining why the
+	format string must not be translatable via _().  From Paul Eggert.
+
+2000-10-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi: Clean up indentation and punctuation.
+	Fix a couple typos.  From Brian Youmans.
+
+2000-10-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-10-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.11.
+
+2000-10-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (usage): Mention the time zone, UTC, and write the date
+	in ISO format in the description of %s.  Suggestion from Karl Berry.
+
+2000-10-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/dirname.c: Include dirname.h.
+	(main): Use dir_name_r rather than open-coding it.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add .prev-version.
+
+2000-10-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (universal_time): Remove; it's just a temptation to
+	do the wrong thing.
+	(main): The -u option now just sets TZ; it doesn't do anything else.
+	(show_date): Do not do anything special if -u is set.
+	This affects the behavior of the -I and -R options.
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi: Document the above.
+
+2000-10-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Examples of date): Fix a typo.
+
+2000-10-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Time directives) [%S]: Range is 0..60, not 0..61.
+
+2000-10-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Undo the effect of the 1997-07-12 change to date.c; it
+	broke "date -u MMDDhhmm" and it wasn't documented.
+	This reverts to the behavior of the 1996-01-03 patch.
+
+	* src/date.c (TZ_UTC0, MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0, set_tz): Remove.
+	(batch_convert): Don't futz with TZ.
+	(main): -u now parses all dates as UTC, not just some.
+	Reported by Karl-Michael Schneider.
+	* tests/date/Test.pm (utc-0, utc-1, relative-2): Adjust to
+	above change.
+
+2000-09-29  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/yes.c (usage): Add a separate usage line, just for `OPTION'.
+	Suggestion from M. P. Suzuki.
+
+2000-09-09  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/date.c (usage): Make the second `Usage' line more precise
+	(also making it match the texinfo documentation).
+	From Karl Eichwalder.
+
+	* doc/sh-utils.texi (Setting the time): Correct the capitalization of
+	`HHMM' in the info-rendering of the texinfo documentation.
+	Reported by Karl Eichwalder.
+
 2000-08-14  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* src/tee.c (main): Remove incorrect `FIXME' comment.
@@ -431,8 +558,8 @@
 
 2000-01-21  Bruno Haible  <haible@linuix.math.u-bordeaux.fr>
 
-        Add support for octal and hexadecimal output.
-        * seq.c (intconv): New variable.
+	Add support for octal and hexadecimal output.
+	* seq.c (intconv): New variable.
 	(usage): Update.
 	(main): Call scan_arg instead of scan_double_arg. Call check_format
 	before scan_arg.
@@ -1793,8 +1920,8 @@
 1997-08-31  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 
 	* src/who.c (main): New option --lookup (-l).
-   	(print_entry): Only call canon_host if user explicitly asks for it.
-   	(usage): Describe --lookup.
+	(print_entry): Only call canon_host if user explicitly asks for it.
+	(usage): Describe --lookup.
 	From Galen Hazelwood.
 
 	* configure.in (ALL_LINGUAS): Add Spanish (es).

old/sh-utils/NEWS

@@ -1,6 +1,8 @@
 Changes in release 2.1
- [2.0k]
+ [2.0.11]
+* setting the date now works properly, even when using -u
 * `date -f - < /dev/null' no longer dumps core
+* some DOS/Windows portability changes
  [2.0j]
 * `date -d DATE' now parses certain relative DATEs correctly
  [2.0i]

old/textutils/ChangeLog

@@ -1,3 +1,320 @@
+2000-12-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h [HAVE_INTTYPES_H]: Include <inttypes.h>.
+
+2000-12-19  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.11.
+
+2000-12-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* NEWS, doc/textutils.texi: New "sort" option -S SIZE.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (UINTMAX_MAX): New macro, taken from C99.
+
+	* src/sort.c: Include physmem.h.
+	(SORTALLOC, mergealloc, LINEALLOC): Remove.
+	(sortalloc): Default to zero at program startup.
+	(SORTALLOC_MIN, SORTALLOC_DEFAULT_MIN): New macros.
+	(usage, main): Add support for new -S SIZE option.
+	(specify_sort_size, default_sort_size): New functions.
+	(initlines): Do not let alloc exceed limit.
+	(findlines): Likewise.
+	(checkfp, mergefps, sort): Use sortalloc to size everything
+	else, instead of relying on precomputed sizes.
+
+2000-12-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/texinfo.tex: Update from master repository.
+	* config.sub: Likewise.
+	* config.guess: Likewise.
+
+2000-12-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Version 2.0.10.
+
+2000-12-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base): Declare to be static.
+
+2000-12-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (address_base, address_pad_len): New var.
+	(output_address_fmt_string, address_fmt_buffer, address_pad): Remove.
+	(flag_pseudo_start): Now int, not long int.
+	(pseudo_offset): Now off_t, not long int.
+	(n_specs, n_specs_allocated): Now size_t, not unsigned int.
+	(format_address, format_address_none, format_address_std,
+	format_address_label): Now accepts an extra char argument (an extra
+	char to print if nonzero), and prints instead of returning a string.
+	All callers changed.
+	(bytes_per_block): Now size_t, not int.
+	(format_address_none): Do not even print the extra char argument.
+	This simplifies the callers.
+	(format_address_std, format_address_label): Print off_t ourself
+	instead of trying to use autoconfigured format.  This is faster and
+	more portable.
+	(format_address_paren): New function.
+	(dump): Remove unnecessary cast.
+	(expand_address_fmt): Remove.
+	(main): Use size_t, off_t, etc. instead of builtin types where this is
+	advisable.  Adjust to above changes.  Remove unnecessary cast.
+
+2000-12-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/tail.c (tail_file): Initialize ignore, dev, and ino members,
+	when tailing forever and the open failed.  Otherwise, we could get
+	uninitialized memory references of those fields in recheck.
+	* tests/tail-2/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add assert-2.
+	* tests/tail-2/assert-2: New file.
+
+	* Version 2.0.9.
+
+	Make od print valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and
+	allow byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) to be 2^32 and larger.
+
+	* src/od.c (MAX_ADDRESS_LENGTH): Don't hard-code as a literal.
+	Rather, define in terms of the type, off_t.
+	(string_min): Declare to be of type size_t.
+	(flag_dump_strings): Declare to be of type int.
+	(print_s_char): Declare the n_bytes parameter and the local, `i',
+	to be of type off_t.
+	(print_char): Likewise.
+	(print_s_short): Likewise.
+	(print_short): Likewise.
+	(print_int): Likewise.
+	(print_long): Likewise.
+	(print_long_long): Likewise.
+	(print_float): Likewise.
+	(print_double): Likewise.
+	(print_long_double): Likewise.
+	(dump_hexl_mode_trailer): Likewise.
+	(print_named_ascii): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Likewise.
+	(write_block): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Declare local, `print_function' with a prototype.
+	Change a few `>' comparisons to the equivalent `<' form.
+	(parse_options): Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if the specified offset if larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(dump_strings): Declare local `i' to be of type size_t.
+	Remove the now-unnecessary cast-to-off_t.
+	(main) [IF_LINT]: Initialize desired_width to avoid a warning.
+	Declare `tmp' to be of type uintmax_t.
+	Use xstrtoumax, not xstrtoul.
+	Fail if minimum string length is larger than SIZE_MAX.
+	Fail if specified width is larger than ULONG_MAX.
+
+	* src/od.c (format_address): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as the
+	parameter type.
+	(format_address_none): Likewise.  Mark parameter as unused.
+	(format_address_std): Likewise.
+	(format_address_label): Likewise.
+	(print_ascii): Mark format string parameter as unused.
+	(write_block): Use off_t, not long unsigned_int as offset type.
+	(expand_address_fmt): New function.
+	(main): Use it to expand each address format string template.
+	Reported by Mark Nudelman, via Andreas Jaeger.
+
+	* src/sys2.h (OFF_T_MIN): Define here instead.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+	(CHAR_BIT): Define.
+
+	* src/tail.c (parse_options): Use xstrtoumax to parse the byte and line
+	offset.  Give a better diagnostic when the requested offset is still
+	representable but larger than OFF_T_MAX.
+	(OFF_T_MIN): Remove definition.
+	(OFF_T_MAX): Likewise.
+
+2000-12-02  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (checkfp): Rename local `buf' to avoid shadowing previous
+	declaration.
+
+	* src/sort.c (NONZERO): Define and use it to make the code a tiny
+	bit more readable.
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi (sort invocation): Clarify how -t works
+	when a sort key specifies a range of fields.  From Karl O. Pinc.
+
+2000-11-26  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (skip): Use lseek instead of worrying about fseeko or fseek.
+	This should be portable, as we seek before doing any I/O.
+	(fseeko): Remove; no longer used.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: s/SIZE_T_MAX/SIZE_MAX/.
+
+2000-11-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h: Include <stdint.h> if HAVE_STDINT_H.
+	(SIZE_MAX): Renamed from SIZE_T_MAX, as C99 uses SIZE_MAX.
+	All uses changed.
+
+2000-11-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c: SIZE_MAX is not defined, so s/SIZE_MAX/SIZE_T_MAX/, and...
+	* src/sys2.h (SIZE_T_MAX): ... define.
+
+2000-11-29  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	Port GNU "sort" to hosts where sizes don't fit in "int",
+	e.g. 64-bit Solaris (sparc).
+
+	* src/sort.c ("human.h", "xstrtol.h"): Include.
+	(struct line): length member is now size_t, not int.
+	(struct lines): Likewise for used, alloc, limit members.
+	(struct buffer): Likewise for used, alloc, left, newline_free members.
+	(struct keyfield): Likewise for sword, schar, eword, echar members.
+	(sortalloc, mergealloc, linelength): Now size_t, not int.
+
+	(initbuf, fillbuf, initlines, begfield, limfield, findlines,
+	numcompare, getmonth, keycompare, compare, checkfp, mergefps,
+	sortlines, sort): Accept, return, and use size_t for sizes, not int.
+
+	(fillbuf, initlines, findlines, checkfp, sort): Check for overflow
+	when computing buffer sizes.
+
+	(begfield, limfield): Do not index past end of array.
+
+	(checkfp): Return a boolean, not a line number, as the line
+	number may not fit in int.  All callers changed.  Use
+	uintmax_t for line numbers, not int.
+
+	(sort): Don't allocate tmp until we need it (and know the right size).
+
+	(parse_field_count): New function.
+
+	(main): Use it to check for overflow in field counts.
+	"outfile" is now a pointer to const.
+
+2000-11-27  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/checksum.h: Don't include system.h here.
+	* src/md5.c: Include config.h, stdio.h, sys/types.h. and system.h here
+	instead.
+	* src/sha1sum.c: Likewise.
+
+2000-11-18  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/pr.c (main): Do not assume EOF == -1.
+	Handle the case correctly when digits options immediately precede a
+	non-option.
+
+2000-11-18  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi: Change GNU to @sc{gnu} in many places.
+	Update to use the Free Documentation Licence.
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+2000-11-17  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* GNUmakefile (.NOTPARALLEL): New target.  Prevent unwanted parallelism.
+	Suggestion from Ulrich Drepper.
+
+2000-11-16  John David Anglin  <dave@hiauly1.hia.nrc.ca>
+
+	* tsort.c: Include sys/types.h before system.h.
+
+2000-11-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/join.c: Declare global `tab' to be of type *unsigned* char,
+	so join works with 8-bit delimiter characters.
+	Reported by Antonio Rendas.
+	* tests/join/Test.pm (8-bit-t): New test for the above fix.
+
+2000-11-13  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/sys2.h (ST_TIME_CMP_NS): Fix typo: ST_MTIM_NSEC should
+	be tested with #ifdef, not with #if.
+
+2000-11-11  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* doc/textutils.texi: More minor rewording and grammar correction.
+	From Brian Youmans.
+
+2000-11-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
+
+	* src/od.c (skip): st_size is not defined for directories.
+
+2000-11-03  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/sha1sum/sample-vec: New file, with tests derived from
+	http://csrc.nist.gov/cryptval/shs/sha1-vectors.zip
+	* tests/sha1sum/Makefile.am (TESTS): Add sample-vec.
+
+2000-10-30  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* configure, config.h.in, Makefile.in, etc.: Regenerate using the
+	very latest version (in CVS) of autoconf.
+
+	* src/wc.c: Include "system.h" after wctype.h (not before)
+	to avoid a compilation error on Solaris 5.5.1 systems.
+	Reported by Vin Shelton.
+
+2000-10-23  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* Makefile.maint: Clean up version-related variables.
+
+	* Version 2.0.8.
+
+	* Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add .prev-version.
+
+2000-10-22  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* tests/Makefile.am (SUBDIRS): Add sha1sum.
+	* tests/sha1sum/basic-1: New file.
+	* configure.in (AC_OUTPUT): Add tests/sha1sum/Makefile.
+
+	* src/Makefile.am (bin_PROGRAMS): Add sha1sum.
+	(md5sum_SOURCES): Define.
+	(sha1sum_SOURCES): Define.
+	(noinst_HEADERS): Add checksum.h.
+
+	* src/md5sum.c: Factor out the differences between MD5 and SHA1,
+	and parameterize so this code may be used by both md5sum and the new
+	program, sha1sum.  Loosely based on a patch from Scott Miller.
+	* src/checksum.h: New file.
+	* src/md5.c: New file that simply defines `algorithm'.
+	* src/sha1sum.c: Likewise.
+
+	* man/Makefile.am (man_MANS): Add sha1sum.1.
+	* man/sha1sum.x: New file.
+
+	Support 8-byte integers, assuming they're printable with e.g., %lld.
+	* src/od.c: Add support for printing data as unsigned
+	long long integers.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	The command, `yes ''|./cat -n' would stop printing after INT_MAX lines.
+	* src/cat.c (cat): Never let `newlines' exceed 3.
+
+2000-10-21  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	Prevent a counter buffer overrun when numbering lines and when
+	processing 100 billion lines (or more) of input.
+	* src/cat.c (LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN): Define to allow numbering as
+	many as 10^18 - 1 lines (the old limit was 10^11 - 1, and could
+	be exceeded without too much trouble).	Use this symbol rather
+	than hard-coding the constant everywhere.
+	(next_line_num): Rather than overrunning for input with more lines,
+	mark the line number by putting a `>' in the leftmost slot.
+	Patch by Jan Nieuwenhuizen.
+
+	* src/sort.c (SORT_OUT_OF_ORDER): Define.
+	(main): Use it instead of hard-coding the `1'.
+
+2000-10-10  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
+
+	* src/sort.c (main): Use EXIT_SUCCESS rather than 0.
+	Fail when checking (-c) with more than one file argument,
+	rather than simply ignoring the extra arguments.
+
 2000-09-07  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
 
 	* src/cut.c: Remove obsolete comment block.
@@ -84,7 +401,7 @@
 
 2000-08-06  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
-	* src/sort.c (usage): Warn more succintly about the effects of
+	* src/sort.c (usage): Warn more succinctly about the effects of
 	the locale on sort order.
 
 2000-08-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@lucent.com>
@@ -2160,8 +2477,8 @@
 
 1998-02-16  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
 
-        * configure.in (jm_FUNC_LSTAT): Use it.
-        (jm_FUNC_STAT): Use it.
+	* configure.in (jm_FUNC_LSTAT): Use it.
+	(jm_FUNC_STAT): Use it.
 	* lib/Makefile.am (EXTRA_DIST): Add lstat.c and stat.c.
 
 1998-02-06  Jim Meyering  <meyering@eng.ascend.com>
@@ -2190,8 +2507,8 @@
 
 1998-01-30  Paul Eggert  <eggert@twinsun.com>
 
-        * configure.in (AC_LFS): Put before anything that can affect or use
-        CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS, or LIBS.
+	* configure.in (AC_LFS): Put before anything that can affect or use
+	CPPFLAGS, LDFLAGS, or LIBS.
 
 1998-01-25  Jim Meyering  <meyering@na-net.ornl.gov>
 

old/textutils/NEWS

@@ -1,5 +1,22 @@
 Changes in release 2.1
-[2.0h]
+[2.0.11]
+* sort accepts new -S SIZE option, to specify main-memory usage.
+[2.0.10]
+* od is faster and more portable than it was in 2.0.9
+* tail avoids an uninitialized memory reference
+[2.0.9]
+* od now prints valid addresses for offsets of 2^32 and larger, and allows
+    the byte offset (-j) and byte count (-N) arguments to be 2^32 and larger.
+* tail now works with line and byte counts of 2^32 and larger, on systems
+    with large file support
+* join now works with an 8-bit delimiter
+* fix a compilation failure on some Solaris systems with wc.c
+[2.0.8]
+* od now supports 8-byte integers, assuming they're printable with e.g., %lld
+* new program: sha1sum
+* wc accepts new -m option: count (potentially multi-byte) characters
+* wc's `--chars' option is now equivalent to -m, not --bytes as it used to be
+* `cat -n' works properly when processing 2^31 or more lines
 [2.0g]
 * sort's --help output now warns that it is locale-aware
 * tail: fix a buffer underrun error that occurred on an empty pipe,

po/Makefile.in.in

@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
-# Makefile for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
-# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
+# -*- Makefile -*- for program source directory in GNU NLS utilities package.
+# Copyright (C) 1995, 1996, 1997, 2000 by Ulrich Drepper <drepper@gnu.ai.mit.edu>
 #
 # This file file be copied and used freely without restrictions.  It can
 # be used in projects which are not available under the GNU Public License
@@ -176,7 +176,6 @@ uninstall:
 	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT); \
 	  rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gnulocaledir)/$$lang/LC_MESSAGES/$(PACKAGE)$(INSTOBJEXT).m; \
 	done
-	rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(gettextsrcdir)/po-Makefile.in.in
 
 check: all
 
@@ -202,8 +201,7 @@ distdir = ../$(PACKAGE)-$(VERSION)/$(subdir)
 dist distdir: update-po $(DISTFILES)
 	dists="$(DISTFILES)"; \
 	for file in $$dists; do \
-	  ln $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir) 2> /dev/null \
-	    || cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
+	  cp -p $(srcdir)/$$file $(distdir); \
 	done
 
 update-po: Makefile
@@ -246,3 +244,7 @@ Makefile: Makefile.in.in ../config.status POTFILES
 # Tell versions [3.59,3.63) of GNU make not to export all variables.
 # Otherwise a system limit (for SysV at least) may be exceeded.
 .NOEXPORT:
+
+# Tell version 3.79 and up of GNU make to not build goals in this
+# directory in parallel.
+.NOTPARALLEL:

src/cat.c

@@ -55,19 +55,26 @@ static char *infile;
 /* Descriptor on which input file is open.  */
 static int input_desc;
 
-/* Buffer for line numbers.  */
-static char line_buf[13] =
-{' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', '0', '\t', '\0'};
+/* Buffer for line numbers.
+   An 11 digit counter may overflow within an hour on a P2/466,
+   an 18 digit counter needs about 1000y */
+#define LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN 20
+static char line_buf[LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN] =
+  {
+    ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ',
+    ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', ' ', '0',
+    '\t', '\0'
+  };
 
 /* Position in `line_buf' where printing starts.  This will not change
    unless the number of lines is larger than 999999.  */
-static char *line_num_print = line_buf + 5;
+static char *line_num_print = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 8;
 
 /* Position of the first digit in `line_buf'.  */
-static char *line_num_start = line_buf + 10;
+static char *line_num_start = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 3;
 
 /* Position of the last digit in `line_buf'.  */
-static char *line_num_end = line_buf + 10;
+static char *line_num_end = line_buf + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN - 3;
 
 /* Preserves the `cat' function's local `newlines' between invocations.  */
 static int newlines2 = 0;
@@ -129,7 +136,10 @@ next_line_num (void)
       *endp-- = '0';
     }
   while (endp >= line_num_start);
-  *--line_num_start = '1';
+  if (line_num_start > line_buf)
+    *--line_num_start = '1';
+  else
+    *line_buf = '>';
   if (line_num_start < line_num_print)
     line_num_print--;
 }
@@ -340,13 +350,21 @@ cat (
 
 	      if (++newlines > 0)
 		{
-		  /* Are multiple adjacent empty lines to be substituted by
-		     single ditto (-s), and this was the second empty line?  */
-
-		  if (squeeze_empty_lines && newlines >= 2)
+		  if (newlines >= 2)
 		    {
-		      ch = *bpin++;
-		      continue;
+		      /* Limit this to 2 here.  Otherwise, with lots of
+			 consecutive newlines, the counter could wrap
+			 around at INT_MAX.  */
+		      newlines = 2;
+
+		      /* Are multiple adjacent empty lines to be substituted
+			 by single ditto (-s), and this was the second empty
+			 line?  */
+		      if (squeeze_empty_lines)
+			{
+			  ch = *bpin++;
+			  continue;
+			}
 		    }
 
 		  /* Are line numbers to be written at empty lines (-n)?  */
@@ -775,8 +793,8 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	{
 	  inbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (insize + 1);
 
-	  /* Why are (OUTSIZE - 1 + INSIZE * 4 + 13) bytes allocated for
-	     the output buffer?
+	  /* Why are (OUTSIZE - 1 + INSIZE * 4 + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN)
+	     bytes allocated for the output buffer?
 
 	     A test whether output needs to be written is done when the input
 	     buffer empties or when a newline appears in the input.  After
@@ -788,10 +806,12 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	     If the last character in the preceding block of input was a
 	     newline, a line number may be written (according to the given
 	     options) as the first thing in the output buffer. (Done after the
-	     new input is read, but before processing of the input begins.)  A
-	     line number requires seldom more than 13 positions.  */
+	     new input is read, but before processing of the input begins.)
+	     A line number requires seldom more than LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN
+	     positions.  */
 
-	  outbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (outsize - 1 + insize * 4 + 13);
+	  outbuf = (unsigned char *) xmalloc (outsize - 1 + insize * 4
+					      + LINE_COUNTER_BUF_LEN);
 
 	  cat (inbuf, insize, outbuf, outsize, quote,
 	       output_tabs, numbers, numbers_at_empty_lines, mark_line_ends,

src/checksum.h

@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+#include <config.h>
+
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+
+/* For long options that have no equivalent short option, use a
+   non-character as a pseudo short option, starting with CHAR_MAX + 1.  */
+enum
+{
+  ALG_UNSPECIFIED = 0,
+  ALG_MD5 = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+  ALG_SHA1
+};
+
+extern int algorithm;

src/chgrp.c

@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
 #include "xstrtol.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chgrp"
@@ -52,54 +53,9 @@ struct group *getgrnam ();
 # define endgrent() ((void) 0)
 #endif
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-int lstat ();
-
-static int change_dir_group PARAMS ((const char *dir, gid_t group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* When change_symlinks is set, this should be set to `lstat', otherwise,
-   it should be `stat'.  */
-static int (*xstat) ();
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the group ID of this file.
    This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -127,38 +83,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the group of FILE has been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s changed to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("group of %s retained as %s\n");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, quote (file), groupname);
-}
-
 /* Set *G according to NAME. */
 
 static void
@@ -166,7 +90,6 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
 {
   struct group *grp;
 
-  groupname = name;
   if (*name == '\0')
     error (1, 0, _("can not change to null group"));
 
@@ -193,139 +116,6 @@ parse_group (const char *name, gid_t *g)
   endgrent ();		/* Save a file descriptor. */
 }
 
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to GID GROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_group (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, gid_t group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if ((*xstat) (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if (group != file_stats.st_gid)
-    {
-      int fail;
-      int symlink_changed = 1;
-      int saved_errno;
-
-      if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	{
-	  fail = lchown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-
-	  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-	     and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-	    {
-	      fail = 0;
-	      symlink_changed = 0;
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  fail = chown (file, (uid_t) -1, group);
-	}
-
-      /* Save errno, since in verbose mode, describe_change might change it.  */
-      saved_errno = errno;
-
-      if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	{
-	  enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					  : (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	  describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	}
-
-      if (fail)
-	{
-	  errors = 1;
-	  if (force_silent == 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Give a more specific message.  Some systems set errno
-		 to EPERM for both `inaccessible file' and `user not a member
-		 of the specified group' errors.  */
-	      if (saved_errno == EPERM && !group_member (group))
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("you are not a member of group %s"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else if (saved_errno == EINVAL && group > MAXUID)
-		{
-		  error (0, 0, _("%s: invalid group number"),
-			 quote (groupname));
-		}
-	      else
-		{
-		  error (0, saved_errno, _("changing group of %s"),
-			 quote (file));
-		}
-	    }
-	}
-    }
-  else if (verbosity == V_high)
-    {
-      describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_group (file, group, &file_stats);
-
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_group (const char *dir, gid_t group, const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_group (0, path, group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -364,9 +154,10 @@ Change the group membership of each FILE to GROUP.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  gid_t group;
+  gid_t gid;
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -375,7 +166,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -387,22 +178,22 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -417,24 +208,26 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  if (change_symlinks)
-    xstat = lstat;
-  else
-    xstat = stat;
-
   if (reference_file)
     {
       struct stat ref_stats;
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
     }
   else
-    parse_group (argv[optind++], &group);
+    {
+      chopt.group_name = argv[optind++];
+      parse_group (chopt.group_name, &gid);
+    }
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
-    errors |= change_file_group (1, argv[optind], group);
+    errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], (uid_t) -1, gid,
+				 (uid_t) -1, (gid_t) -1, &chopt);
+
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
 
   exit (errors);
 }

src/chmod.c

@@ -95,6 +95,31 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
+static int
+mode_changed (const char *file, mode_t old_mode)
+{
+  struct stat new_stats;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &new_stats))
+    {
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting new attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 0;
+    }
+
+#ifdef S_ISLNK
+  if (S_ISLNK (new_stats.st_mode)
+      && stat (file, &new_stats))
+    {
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting new attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 0;
+    }
+#endif
+
+  return old_mode != new_stats.st_mode;
+}
+
 /* Tell the user how/if the MODE of FILE has been changed.
    CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
 
@@ -137,6 +162,8 @@ change_file_mode (const char *file, const struct mode_change *changes,
   struct stat file_stats;
   mode_t newmode;
   int errors = 0;
+  int fail;
+  int saved_errno;
 
   if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
     {
@@ -161,24 +188,21 @@ change_file_mode (const char *file, const struct mode_change *changes,
 
   newmode = mode_adjust (file_stats.st_mode, changes);
 
-  if (newmode != (file_stats.st_mode & CHMOD_MODE_BITS))
+  fail = chmod (file, newmode);
+  saved_errno = errno;
+
+  if (verbosity == V_high
+      || (verbosity == V_changes_only
+	  && !fail && mode_changed (file, file_stats.st_mode)))
+    describe_change (file, newmode, (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
+
+  if (fail)
     {
-      int fail = chmod (file, newmode);
-      int saved_errno = errno;
-
-      if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	describe_change (file, newmode, (fail ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-
-      if (fail)
-	{
-	  if (force_silent == 0)
-	    error (0, saved_errno, _("changing permissions of %s"),
-		   quote (file));
-	  errors = 1;
-	}
+      if (force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, saved_errno, _("changing permissions of %s"),
+	       quote (file));
+      errors = 1;
     }
-  else if (verbosity == V_high)
-    describe_change (file, newmode, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
 
   if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
     errors |= change_dir_mode (file, changes, &file_stats);
@@ -313,7 +337,12 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	case '-':
 	case '=':
 	  if (modeind != 0 && modeind != thisind)
-	    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
+	    {
+	      static char char_string[2] = {0, 0};
+	      char_string[0] = c;
+	      error (1, 0, _("invalid character %s in mode string %s"),
+		     quote_n (0, char_string), quote_n (1, argv[thisind]));
+	    }
 	  modeind = thisind;
 	  break;
 	case REFERENCE_FILE_OPTION:
@@ -351,7 +380,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	     : mode_compile (argv[modeind], MODE_MASK_ALL));
 
   if (changes == MODE_INVALID)
-    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
+    error (1, 0, _("invalid mode string: %s"), quote (argv[modeind]));
   else if (changes == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
     xalloc_die ();
   else if (changes == MODE_BAD_REFERENCE)

src/chown-core.c

@@ -0,0 +1,366 @@
+/* chown-core.c -- core functions for changing ownership.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+/* Extracted from chown.c/chgrp.c and librarified by Jim Meyering.  */
+
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include <pwd.h>
+#include <grp.h>
+
+#include "system.h"
+#include "error.h"
+#include "lchown.h"
+#include "quote.h"
+#include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
+
+/* The number of decimal digits required to represent the largest value of
+   type `unsigned int'.  This is enough for an 8-byte unsigned int type.  */
+#define UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS 20
+
+#ifndef _POSIX_VERSION
+struct group *getgrnam ();
+struct group *getgrgid ();
+#endif
+
+int lstat ();
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  chopt->verbosity = V_off;
+  chopt->dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
+  chopt->recurse = 0;
+  chopt->force_silent = 0;
+  chopt->user_name = 0;
+  chopt->group_name = 0;
+}
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *chopt)
+{
+  /* Deliberately do not free chopt->user_name or ->group_name.
+     They're not always allocated.  */
+}
+
+/* Convert N to a string, and return a pointer to that string in memory
+   allocated from the heap.  */
+
+static char *
+uint_to_string (unsigned int n)
+{
+  char buf[UINT_MAX_DECIMAL_DIGITS + 1];
+  char *p = buf + sizeof buf;
+
+  *--p = '\0';
+
+  do
+    *--p = '0' + (n % 10);
+  while ((n /= 10) != 0);
+
+  return xstrdup (p);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric group-id, GID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding group name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t gid)
+{
+  struct group *grp = getgrgid (gid);
+  return grp ? xstrdup (grp->gr_name) : uint_to_string (gid);
+}
+
+/* Convert the numeric user-id, UID, to a string stored in xmalloc'd memory,
+   and return it.  If there's no corresponding user name, use the decimal
+   representation of the ID.  */
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t uid)
+{
+  struct passwd *pwd = getpwuid (uid);
+  return pwd ? xstrdup (pwd->pw_name) : uint_to_string (uid);
+}
+
+/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
+   If USER is NULL, give the group-oriented messages.
+   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
+
+static void
+describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed,
+		 char const *user, char const *group)
+{
+  const char *fmt;
+  char *spec;
+  int spec_allocated = 0;
+
+  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
+    {
+      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
+	      quote (file));
+      return;
+    }
+
+  if (user)
+    {
+      if (group)
+	{
+	  spec = xmalloc (strlen (user) + 1 + strlen (group) + 1);
+	  stpcpy (stpcpy (stpcpy (spec, user), ":"), group);
+	  spec_allocated = 1;
+	}
+      else
+	{
+	  spec = (char *) user;
+	}
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      spec = (char *) group;
+    }
+
+  switch (changed)
+    {
+    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("changed ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("changed group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_FAILED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("failed to change ownership of %s to %s\n")
+	     : _("failed to change group of %s to %s\n"));
+      break;
+    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
+      fmt = (user
+	     ? _("ownership of %s retained as %s\n")
+	     : _("group of %s retained as %s\n"));
+      break;
+    default:
+      abort ();
+    }
+
+  printf (fmt, quote (file), spec);
+
+  if (spec_allocated)
+    free (spec);
+}
+
+/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR to user-id,
+   UID, and group-id, GID, according to the options specified by CHOPT.
+   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+static int
+change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		  uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		  const struct stat *statp,
+		  struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  char *name_space, *namep;
+  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
+  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
+  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
+  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
+  int errors = 0;
+
+  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
+  if (name_space == NULL)
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
+  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
+  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
+  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
+  strcpy (path, dir);
+  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
+
+  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
+    {
+      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
+      if (filelength > pathlength)
+	{
+	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
+	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
+	}
+      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, uid, gid, old_uid, old_gid,
+				   chopt);
+    }
+  free (path);
+  free (name_space);
+  return errors;
+}
+
+/* Change the ownership of FILE to user-id, UID, and group-id, GID,
+   provided it presently has owner OLD_UID and group OLD_GID.
+   Honor the options specified by CHOPT.
+   If FILE is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
+   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
+
+int
+change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t uid, gid_t gid,
+		   uid_t old_uid, gid_t old_gid,
+		   struct Chown_option const *chopt)
+{
+  struct stat file_stats;
+  uid_t new_uid;
+  gid_t new_gid;
+  int errors = 0;
+  int is_symlink;
+  int is_directory;
+
+  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
+    {
+      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+      return 1;
+    }
+
+  /* If it's a symlink and we're dereferencing, then use stat
+     to get the attributes of the referent.  */
+  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode))
+    {
+      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS
+	  && stat (file, &file_stats))
+	{
+	  if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+	    error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
+	  return 1;
+	}
+
+      is_symlink = 1;
+
+      /* With -R, don't traverse through symlinks-to-directories.
+	 But of course, this will all change with POSIX's new
+	 -H, -L, -P options.  */
+      is_directory = 0;
+    }
+  else
+    {
+      is_symlink = 0;
+      is_directory = S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode);
+    }
+
+  if ((old_uid == (uid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_uid == old_uid)
+      && (old_gid == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_gid))
+    {
+      new_uid = (uid == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : uid);
+      new_gid = (gid == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : gid);
+      if (new_uid != file_stats.st_uid || new_gid != file_stats.st_gid)
+	{
+	  int fail;
+	  int symlink_changed = 1;
+	  int saved_errno;
+	  int called_lchown = 0;
+
+	  if (is_symlink)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_NEVER)
+		{
+		  called_lchown = 1;
+		  fail = lchown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+
+		  /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
+		     and this is not a command line argument.  */
+		  if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
+		    {
+		      fail = 0;
+		      symlink_changed = 0;
+		    }
+		}
+	      else if (chopt->dereference == DEREF_ALWAYS)
+		{
+		  /* Applying chown to a symlink and expecting it to affect
+		     the referent is not portable.  So instead, open the
+		     file and use fchown on the resulting descriptor.  */
+		  int fd = open (file, O_RDONLY | O_NONBLOCK | O_NOCTTY);
+		  fail = (fd == -1 ? 1 : fchown (fd, new_uid, new_gid));
+		}
+	      else
+		{
+		  /* FIXME */
+		  abort ();
+		}
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      fail = chown (file, new_uid, new_gid);
+	    }
+	  saved_errno = errno;
+
+	  if (chopt->verbosity == V_high
+	      || (chopt->verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
+	    {
+	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
+					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
+					      : (fail
+						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
+	      describe_change (file, ch_status,
+			       chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	    }
+
+	  if (fail)
+	    {
+	      if (chopt->force_silent == 0)
+		error (0, saved_errno, (uid != (uid_t) -1
+					? _("changing ownership of %s")
+					: _("changing group of %s")),
+		       quote (file));
+	      errors = 1;
+	    }
+	  else
+	    {
+	      /* The change succeeded.  On some systems, the chown function
+		 resets the `special' permission bits.  When run by a
+		 `privileged' user, this program must ensure that at least
+		 the set-uid and set-group ones are still set.  */
+	      if (file_stats.st_mode & ~(S_IFMT | S_IRWXUGO)
+		  /* If we called lchown above (which means this is a symlink),
+		     then skip it.  */
+		  && ! called_lchown)
+		{
+		  if (chmod (file, file_stats.st_mode))
+		    {
+		      error (0, saved_errno,
+			     _("unable to restore permissions of %s"),
+			     quote (file));
+		      fail = 1;
+		    }
+		}
+	    }
+	}
+      else if (chopt->verbosity == V_high)
+	{
+	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED,
+			   chopt->user_name, chopt->group_name);
+	}
+    }
+
+  if (chopt->recurse && is_directory)
+    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, uid, gid,
+				old_uid, old_gid, &file_stats, chopt);
+  return errors;
+}

src/chown-core.h

@@ -0,0 +1,89 @@
+/* chown-core.h -- types and prototypes shared by chown and chgrp.
+   Copyright (C) 2000 Free Software Foundation.
+
+   This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
+   it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
+   the Free Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option)
+   any later version.
+
+   This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+   but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+   MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+   GNU General Public License for more details.
+
+   You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+   along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
+   Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
+
+#ifndef CHOWN_CORE_H
+# define CHOWN_CORE_H
+
+enum Change_status
+{
+  CH_NOT_APPLIED = 1,
+  CH_SUCCEEDED,
+  CH_FAILED,
+  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
+};
+
+enum Verbosity
+{
+  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
+  V_high,
+
+  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
+  V_changes_only,
+
+  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
+  V_off
+};
+
+enum Dereference_symlink
+{
+  DEREF_UNDEFINED = 1,
+  DEREF_NEVER,			/* -P */
+  DEREF_COMMAND_LINE_ARGUMENTS,	/* -H */
+  DEREF_ALWAYS			/* -L */
+};
+
+struct Chown_option
+{
+  /* Level of verbosity.  */
+  enum Verbosity verbosity;
+
+  /* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
+  int recurse;
+
+  /* This is useful only on systems with support for changing the
+     ownership of symbolic links.  */
+  enum Dereference_symlink dereference;
+
+  /* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
+  int force_silent;
+
+  /* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *user_name;
+
+  /* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
+  char *group_name;
+};
+
+void
+chopt_init (struct Chown_option *);
+
+void
+chopt_free (struct Chown_option *);
+
+char *
+gid_to_name (gid_t);
+
+char *
+uid_to_name (uid_t);
+
+int
+change_file_owner PARAMS ((int, const char *,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   uid_t, gid_t,
+			   struct Chown_option const *));
+
+#endif /* CHOWN_CORE_H */

src/chown.c

@@ -31,8 +31,6 @@
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
-#include <pwd.h>
-#include <grp.h>
 #include <getopt.h>
 
 #include "system.h"
@@ -40,6 +38,7 @@
 #include "lchown.h"
 #include "quote.h"
 #include "savedir.h"
+#include "chown-core.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "chown"
@@ -59,52 +58,9 @@ struct group *getgrgid ();
 char *parse_user_spec ();
 void strip_trailing_slashes ();
 
-enum Change_status
-{
-  CH_NOT_APPLIED,
-  CH_SUCCEEDED,
-  CH_FAILED,
-  CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED
-};
-
-enum Verbosity
-{
-  /* Print a message for each file that is processed.  */
-  V_high,
-
-  /* Print a message for each file whose attributes we change.  */
-  V_changes_only,
-
-  /* Do not be verbose.  This is the default. */
-  V_off
-};
-
-static int change_dir_owner PARAMS ((const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-				     uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-				     const struct stat *statp));
-
 /* The name the program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, and the systems has support for it, change the ownership
-   of symbolic links rather than any files they point to.  */
-static int change_symlinks = 1;
-
-/* If nonzero, change the ownership of directories recursively. */
-static int recurse;
-
-/* If nonzero, force silence (no error messages). */
-static int force_silent;
-
-/* Level of verbosity.  */
-static enum Verbosity verbosity = V_off;
-
-/* The name of the user to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static char *username;
-
-/* The name of the group to which ownership of the files is being given. */
-static const char *groupname;
-
 /* The argument to the --reference option.  Use the owner and group IDs
    of this file.  This file must exist.  */
 static char *reference_file;
@@ -134,169 +90,6 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {0, 0, 0, 0}
 };
 
-/* Tell the user how/if the user and group of FILE have been changed.
-   CHANGED describes what (if anything) has happened. */
-
-static void
-describe_change (const char *file, enum Change_status changed)
-{
-  const char *fmt;
-
-  if (changed == CH_NOT_APPLIED)
-    {
-      printf (_("neither symbolic link %s nor referent has been changed\n"),
-	      quote (file));
-      return;
-    }
-
-  switch (changed)
-    {
-    case CH_SUCCEEDED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s changed to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_FAILED:
-      fmt = _("failed to change owner of %s to ");
-      break;
-    case CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED:
-      fmt = _("owner of %s retained as ");
-      break;
-    default:
-      abort ();
-    }
-  printf (fmt, file);
-  if (groupname)
-    printf ("%s.%s\n", username, groupname);
-  else
-    printf ("%s\n", username);
-}
-
-/* Change the ownership of FILE to UID USER and GID GROUP
-   provided it presently has UID OLDUSER and GID OLDGROUP.
-   If it is a directory and -R is given, recurse.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_file_owner (int cmdline_arg, const char *file, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		   uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group)
-{
-  struct stat file_stats;
-  uid_t newuser;
-  gid_t newgroup;
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  if (lstat (file, &file_stats))
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (file));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  if ((old_user == (uid_t) -1  || file_stats.st_uid == old_user) &&
-      (old_group == (gid_t) -1 || file_stats.st_gid == old_group))
-    {
-      newuser = user == (uid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_uid : user;
-      newgroup = group == (gid_t) -1 ? file_stats.st_gid : group;
-      if (newuser != file_stats.st_uid || newgroup != file_stats.st_gid)
-	{
-	  int fail;
-	  int symlink_changed = 1;
-	  int saved_errno;
-
-	  if (S_ISLNK (file_stats.st_mode) && change_symlinks)
-	    {
-	      fail = lchown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-
-	      /* Ignore the failure if it's due to lack of support (ENOSYS)
-		 and this is not a command line argument.  */
-	      if (!cmdline_arg && fail && errno == ENOSYS)
-		{
-		  fail = 0;
-		  symlink_changed = 0;
-		}
-	    }
-	  else
-	    {
-	      fail = chown (file, newuser, newgroup);
-	    }
-	  saved_errno = errno;
-
-	  if (verbosity == V_high || (verbosity == V_changes_only && !fail))
-	    {
-	      enum Change_status ch_status = (! symlink_changed
-					      ? CH_NOT_APPLIED
-					      : (fail
-						 ? CH_FAILED : CH_SUCCEEDED));
-	      describe_change (file, ch_status);
-	    }
-
-	  if (fail)
-	    {
-	      if (force_silent == 0)
-		error (0, saved_errno, _("changing ownership of %s"),
-		       quote (file));
-	      errors = 1;
-	    }
-	}
-      else if (verbosity == V_high)
-	{
-	  describe_change (file, CH_NO_CHANGE_REQUESTED);
-	}
-    }
-
-  if (recurse && S_ISDIR (file_stats.st_mode))
-    errors |= change_dir_owner (file, user, group,
-				old_user, old_group, &file_stats);
-  return errors;
-}
-
-/* Recursively change the ownership of the files in directory DIR
-   to UID USER and GID GROUP.
-   STATP points to the results of lstat on DIR.
-   Return 0 if successful, 1 if errors occurred. */
-
-static int
-change_dir_owner (const char *dir, uid_t user, gid_t group,
-		  uid_t old_user, gid_t old_group,
-		  const struct stat *statp)
-{
-  char *name_space, *namep;
-  char *path;			/* Full path of each entry to process. */
-  unsigned dirlength;		/* Length of `dir' and '\0'. */
-  unsigned filelength;		/* Length of each pathname to process. */
-  unsigned pathlength;		/* Bytes allocated for `path'. */
-  int errors = 0;
-
-  name_space = savedir (dir, statp->st_size);
-  if (name_space == NULL)
-    {
-      if (force_silent == 0)
-	error (0, errno, "%s", quote (dir));
-      return 1;
-    }
-
-  dirlength = strlen (dir) + 1;	/* + 1 is for the trailing '/'. */
-  pathlength = dirlength + 1;
-  /* Give `path' a dummy value; it will be reallocated before first use. */
-  path = xmalloc (pathlength);
-  strcpy (path, dir);
-  path[dirlength - 1] = '/';
-
-  for (namep = name_space; *namep; namep += filelength - dirlength)
-    {
-      filelength = dirlength + strlen (namep) + 1;
-      if (filelength > pathlength)
-	{
-	  pathlength = filelength * 2;
-	  path = xrealloc (path, pathlength);
-	}
-      strcpy (path + dirlength, namep);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (0, path, user, group, old_user, old_group);
-    }
-  free (path);
-  free (name_space);
-  return errors;
-}
-
 void
 usage (int status)
 {
@@ -345,10 +138,11 @@ as symbolic.\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  uid_t user = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  gid_t group = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
-  uid_t old_user = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
-  gid_t old_group = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  uid_t uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New uid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  gid_t gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* New gid; -1 if not to be changed. */
+  uid_t old_uid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old uid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  gid_t old_gid = (uid_t) -1;	/* Old gid; -1 if unrestricted. */
+  struct Chown_option chopt;
 
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
@@ -360,7 +154,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  recurse = force_silent = 0;
+  chopt_init (&chopt);
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "Rcfhv", long_options, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -372,32 +166,32 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  reference_file = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case DEREFERENCE_OPTION:
-	  change_symlinks = 0;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
 	  break;
 	case FROM_OPTION:
 	  {
 	    char *u_dummy, *g_dummy;
 	    const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind],
-					     &old_user, &old_group,
+					     &old_uid, &old_gid,
 					     &u_dummy, &g_dummy);
 	    if (e)
 	      error (1, 0, "%s: %s", quote (argv[optind]), e);
 	    break;
 	  }
 	case 'R':
-	  recurse = 1;
+	  chopt.recurse = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'c':
-	  verbosity = V_changes_only;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_changes_only;
 	  break;
 	case 'f':
-	  force_silent = 1;
+	  chopt.force_silent = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'h':
-	  change_symlinks = 1;
+	  chopt.dereference = DEREF_NEVER;
 	  break;
 	case 'v':
-	  verbosity = V_high;
+	  chopt.verbosity = V_high;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -419,17 +213,21 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       if (stat (reference_file, &ref_stats))
 	error (1, errno, _("getting attributes of %s"), quote (reference_file));
 
-      user  = ref_stats.st_uid;
-      group = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      uid = ref_stats.st_uid;
+      gid = ref_stats.st_gid;
+      chopt.user_name = uid_to_name (ref_stats.st_uid);
+      chopt.group_name = gid_to_name (ref_stats.st_gid);
     }
   else
     {
-      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &user, &group,
-				       &username, &groupname);
+      const char *e = parse_user_spec (argv[optind], &uid, &gid,
+				       &chopt.user_name, &chopt.group_name);
       if (e)
         error (1, 0, "%s: %s", argv[optind], e);
-      if (username == NULL)
-        username = "";
+
+      /* FIXME: set it to the empty string?  */
+      if (chopt.user_name == NULL)
+        chopt.user_name = "";
 
       optind++;
     }
@@ -437,9 +235,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
-      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], user, group,
-				   old_user, old_group);
+      errors |= change_file_owner (1, argv[optind], uid, gid,
+				   old_uid, old_gid, &chopt);
     }
 
+  chopt_free (&chopt);
+
   exit (errors);
 }

src/copy.c

@@ -392,8 +392,6 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
 {
   const struct stat *src_sb_link;
   const struct stat *dst_sb_link;
-  const struct stat *src_sb_no_link;
-  const struct stat *dst_sb_no_link;
 
   int same_link;
   int same = (SAME_INODE (*src_sb, *dst_sb));
@@ -527,13 +525,6 @@ same_file_ok (const char *src_path, const struct stat *src_sb,
 	  *return_now = 1;
 	  return 1;
 	}
-      src_sb_no_link = &tmp_src_sb;
-      dst_sb_no_link = &tmp_dst_sb;
-    }
-  else
-    {
-      src_sb_no_link = src_sb;
-      dst_sb_no_link = dst_sb;
     }
 
   return 0;
@@ -723,10 +714,10 @@ copy_internal (const char *src_path, const char *dst_path,
 		}
 	      new_dst = 1;
 	    }
-	  else if (x->unlink_dest_before_opening
-		   || (x->xstat == lstat
-		       && ! S_ISREG (src_sb.st_mode)
-		       && ! S_ISDIR (src_sb.st_mode)))
+	  else if (! S_ISDIR (dst_sb.st_mode)
+		   && (x->unlink_dest_before_opening
+		       || (x->xstat == lstat
+			   && ! S_ISREG (src_sb.st_mode))))
 	    {
 	      if (unlink (dst_path) && errno != ENOENT)
 		{

src/cp.c

@@ -156,14 +156,11 @@ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.\n\
   -a, --archive                same as -dpR\n\
       --backup[=CONTROL]       make a backup of each existing destination file\n\
   -b                           like --backup but does not accept an argument\n\
-  -d, --no-dereference         preserve links\n\
-  -f, --force                  if a preexisting destination file cannot be\n\
-                                   opened, then unlink it and try again\n\
+  -d, --no-dereference         never follow symbolic links\n\
+  -f, --force                  if an existing destination file cannot be\n\
+                                   opened, remove it and try again\n\
   -i, --interactive            prompt before overwrite\n\
-  -H                           follow symbolic links that are explicitly\n\
-                                 specified in the command line, but do not\n\
-                                 follow symlinks that are found via recursive\n\
-                                 traversal\n\
+  -H                           follow command-line symbolic links\n\
   -l, --link                   link files instead of copying\n\
   -L, --dereference            always follow symbolic links\n\
   -p, --preserve               preserve file attributes if possible\n\
@@ -173,7 +170,7 @@ Copy SOURCE to DEST, or multiple SOURCE(s) to DIRECTORY.\n\
   -r                           copy recursively, non-directories as files\n\
                                  WARNING: use -R instead when you might copy\n\
                                  special files like FIFOs or /dev/zero\n\
-      --remove-destination     unlink each preexisting destination file before\n\
+      --remove-destination     remove each existing destination file before\n\
                                  attempting to open it (contrast with --force)\n\
       --sparse=WHEN            control creation of sparse files\n\
   -R, --recursive              copy directories recursively\n\
@@ -333,6 +330,8 @@ re_protect (const char *const_dst_path, int src_offset,
    Return 0 if parent of CONST_DIRPATH exists as a directory with the proper
    permissions when done, otherwise 1. */
 
+/* FIXME: find a way to synch this function with the one in lib/makepath.c. */
+
 static int
 make_path_private (const char *const_dirpath, int src_offset, int mode,
 		   const char *verbose_fmt_string, struct dir_attr **attr_list,
@@ -519,13 +518,26 @@ do_copy (int n_files, char **file, const char *target_directory,
 	  char *arg_in_concat = NULL;
 	  char *arg = file[i];
 
+	  /* Trailing slashes are meaningful (i.e., maybe worth preserving)
+	     only in the source file names.  */
 	  if (remove_trailing_slashes)
 	    strip_trailing_slashes (arg);
 
 	  if (flag_path)
 	    {
-	      /* Append all of `arg' to `dest'.  */
-	      dst_path = path_concat (dest, arg, &arg_in_concat);
+	      char *arg_no_trailing_slash;
+
+	      /* Use `arg' without trailing slashes in constructing destination
+		 file names.  Otherwise, we can end up trying to create a
+		 directory via `mkdir ("dst/foo/"...', which is not portable.
+		 It fails, due to the trailing slash, on at least
+		 NetBSD 1.[34] systems.  */
+	      ASSIGN_STRDUPA (arg_no_trailing_slash, arg);
+	      strip_trailing_slashes (arg_no_trailing_slash);
+
+	      /* Append all of `arg' (minus any trailing slash) to `dest'.  */
+	      dst_path = path_concat (dest, arg_no_trailing_slash,
+				      &arg_in_concat);
 	      if (dst_path == NULL)
 		xalloc_die ();
 
@@ -846,7 +858,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       error (0, 0,
 	     _("\
 Warning: the meaning of `-P' will change in the future to conform to POSIX.\n\
-Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new."));
+Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new one."));
     }
 
   if (backup_suffix_string)
@@ -882,6 +894,11 @@ Use `--parents' for the old meaning, and `--no-dereference' for the new."));
       x.xstat = stat;
     }
 
+  /* If --force (-f) was specified and we're in link-creation mode,
+     first remove any existing destination file.  */
+  if (x.unlink_dest_after_failed_open && (x.hard_link || x.symbolic_link))
+    x.unlink_dest_before_opening = 1;
+
   /* Allocate space for remembering copied and created files.  */
 
   hash_init (INITIAL_HASH_MODULE, INITIAL_ENTRY_TAB_SIZE);

src/date.c

@@ -79,9 +79,6 @@ static int iso_8601_format = 0;
 /* If non-zero, display time in RFC-822 format for mail or news. */
 static int rfc_format = 0;
 
-/* If nonzero, print or set Coordinated Universal Time.  */
-static int universal_time = 0;
-
 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
   {"date", required_argument, NULL, 'd'},
@@ -98,17 +95,12 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
 };
 
-#define TZ_UTC0 "TZ=UTC0"
-
 #if LOCALTIME_CACHE
 # define TZSET tzset ()
 #else
 # define TZSET /* empty */
 #endif
 
-#define MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0 \
-  do { if (universal_time) set_tz (TZ_UTC0); } while (0)
-
 #ifdef _DATE_FMT
 # define DATE_FMT_LANGINFO() nl_langinfo (_DATE_FMT)
 #else
@@ -125,7 +117,7 @@ usage (int status)
     {
       printf (_("\
 Usage: %s [OPTION]... [+FORMAT]\n\
-  or:  %s [OPTION] [MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]\n\
+  or:  %s [-u|--utc|--universal] [MMDDhhmm[[CC]YY][.ss]]\n\
 "),
 	      program_name, program_name);
       printf (_("\
@@ -169,7 +161,7 @@ specifies Coordinated Universal Time.  Interpreted sequences are:\n\
   %%n   a newline\n\
   %%p   locale's AM or PM\n\
   %%r   time, 12-hour (hh:mm:ss [AP]M)\n\
-  %%s   seconds since 00:00:00, Jan 1, 1970 (a GNU extension)\n\
+  %%s   seconds since `00:00:00 1970-01-01 UTC' (a GNU extension)\n\
   %%S   second (00..60)\n\
   %%t   a horizontal tab\n\
   %%T   time, 24-hour (hh:mm:ss)\n\
@@ -195,16 +187,6 @@ the following modifiers between `%%' and a numeric directive.\n\
   exit (status);
 }
 
-/* Set the TZ environment variable.  */
-
-static void
-set_tz (const char *tz_eq_zone)
-{
-  if (putenv (tz_eq_zone) != 0)
-    error (1, 0, "memory exhausted");
-  TZSET;
-}
-
 /* Parse each line in INPUT_FILENAME as with --date and display each
    resulting time and date.  If the file cannot be opened, tell why
    then exit.  Issue a diagnostic for any lines that cannot be parsed.
@@ -219,7 +201,6 @@ batch_convert (const char *input_filename, const char *format)
   int line_length;
   size_t buflen;
   time_t when;
-  char *initial_TZ IF_LINT (= NULL);
 
   if (strcmp (input_filename, "-") == 0)
     {
@@ -237,23 +218,6 @@ batch_convert (const char *input_filename, const char *format)
 
   line = NULL;
   buflen = 0;
-
-  if (universal_time)
-    {
-      initial_TZ = getenv ("TZ");
-      if (initial_TZ == NULL)
-	{
-	  initial_TZ = xstrdup ("TZ=");
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  size_t tz_len = strlen (initial_TZ);
-	  char *buf = xmalloc (3 + tz_len + 1);
-	  memcpy (mempcpy (buf, "TZ=", 3), initial_TZ, tz_len + 1);
-	  initial_TZ = buf;
-	}
-    }
-
   status = 0;
   while (1)
     {
@@ -264,13 +228,6 @@ batch_convert (const char *input_filename, const char *format)
 	  break;
 	}
 
-      if (universal_time)
-	{
-	  /* When given a universal time option, restore the initial
-	     value of TZ before parsing each string.  */
-	  set_tz (initial_TZ);
-	}
-
       when = get_date (line, NULL);
 
       if (when == -1)
@@ -282,14 +239,10 @@ batch_convert (const char *input_filename, const char *format)
 	}
       else
 	{
-	  MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0;
 	  show_date (format, when);
 	}
     }
 
-  if (universal_time)
-    free (initial_TZ);
-
   if (fclose (in_stream) == EOF)
     error (2, errno, "`%s'", input_filename);
 
@@ -352,7 +305,12 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	set_date = 1;
 	break;
       case 'u':
- 	universal_time = 1;
+	/* POSIX.2 says that `date -u' is equivalent to setting the TZ
+	   environment variable, so this option should do nothing other
+	   than setting TZ.  */
+	if (putenv ("TZ=UTC0") != 0)
+	  xalloc_die ();
+	TZSET;
 	break;
       case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
       case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -460,10 +418,6 @@ argument must be a format string beginning with `+'."),
 	    }
 	}
 
-      /* When given a universal time option, set TZ to UTC0 after
-	 parsing the specified date, but before printing it.  */
-      MAYBE_SET_TZ_UTC0;
-
       show_date (format, when);
     }
 
@@ -480,14 +434,13 @@ show_date (const char *format, time_t when)
   struct tm *tm;
   char *out = NULL;
   size_t out_length = 0;
-  /* ISO 8601 formats, in local and UTC.  See below regarding %z */
-  static char *iso_format_string[5][2] =
+  /* ISO 8601 formats.  See below regarding %z */
+  static char const * const iso_format_string[] =
   {
-    {"", ""},
-    {"%Y-%m-%d", "%Y-%m-%d"},
-    {"%Y-%m-%dT%H%z", "%Y-%m-%dT%HZ"},
-    {"%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M%z", "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%MZ"},
-    {"%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S%z", "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%SZ"}
+    "%Y-%m-%d",
+    "%Y-%m-%dT%H%z",
+    "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M%z",
+    "%Y-%m-%dT%H:%M:%S%z"
   };
 
   tm = localtime (&when);
@@ -502,14 +455,19 @@ show_date (const char *format, time_t when)
 	 RFC time format outside the continental United States and GMT. */
 
       if (rfc_format)
-	format = (universal_time
-		  ? "%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S GMT"
-		  : "%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z");
+	format = "%a, %_d %b %Y %H:%M:%S %z";
       else if (iso_8601_format)
-	format = iso_format_string[iso_8601_format][universal_time];
+	format = iso_format_string[iso_8601_format - 1];
       else
 	{
 	  char *date_fmt = DATE_FMT_LANGINFO ();
+	  /* Do not wrap the following literal format string with _(...).
+	     For example, suppose LC_ALL is unset, LC_TIME="POSIX",
+	     and LANG="ko_KR".	In that case, POSIX.2 says that LC_TIME
+	     determines the format and contents of date and time strings
+	     written by date, which means "date" must generate output
+	     using the POSIX locale; but adding _() would cause "date"
+	     to use a Korean translation of the format.  */
 	  format = *date_fmt ? date_fmt : "%a %b %e %H:%M:%S %Z %Y";
 	}
     }

src/dd.c

@@ -48,6 +48,10 @@
 # define SIGINFO SIGUSR1
 #endif
 
+#ifndef S_TYPEISSHM
+# define S_TYPEISSHM(Mode) 0
+#endif
+
 #define ROUND_UP_OFFSET(X, M) ((M) - 1 - (((X) + (M) - 1) % (M)))
 #define PTR_ALIGN(Ptr, M) ((Ptr) \
 			   + ROUND_UP_OFFSET ((char *)(Ptr) - (char *)0, (M)))
@@ -100,7 +104,7 @@ static size_t conversion_blocksize = 0;
 static uintmax_t skip_records = 0;
 
 /* Skip this many records of `output_blocksize' bytes before output. */
-static uintmax_t seek_record = 0;
+static uintmax_t seek_records = 0;
 
 /* Copy only this many records.  The default is effectively infinity.  */
 static uintmax_t max_records = (uintmax_t) -1;
@@ -298,7 +302,7 @@ Copy a file, converting and formatting according to the options.\n\
       --help      display this help and exit\n\
       --version   output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
-BYTES may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes:\n\
+BLOCKS and BYTES may be followed by the following multiplicative suffixes:\n\
 xM M, c 1, w 2, b 512, kD 1000, k 1024, MD 1,000,000, M 1,048,576,\n\
 GD 1,000,000,000, G 1,073,741,824, and so on for T, P, E, Z, Y.\n\
 Each KEYWORD may be:\n\
@@ -583,7 +587,7 @@ scanargs (int argc, char **argv)
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "skip"))
 	    skip_records = n;
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "seek"))
-	    seek_record = n;
+	    seek_records = n;
 	  else if (STREQ (name, "count"))
 	    max_records = n;
 	  else
@@ -734,7 +738,7 @@ buggy_lseek_support (int fdesc)
      on some special files but doesn't return an error, either.
      In particular, the Linux tape drivers are a problem.
      For example, when I did the following using dd-4.0y or earlier on a
-     Linux-2.2.17 system with a Exabyte SCSI tape drive:
+     Linux-2.2.17 system with an Exabyte SCSI tape drive:
 
        dev=/dev/nst0
        reset='mt -f $dev rewind; mt -f $dev fsf 1'
@@ -758,22 +762,20 @@ static void
 skip (int fdesc, char *file, uintmax_t records, size_t blocksize,
       unsigned char *buf)
 {
-  off_t o;
+  off_t offset = records * blocksize;
 
   /* Try lseek and if an error indicates it was an inappropriate
      operation, fall back on using read.  Some broken versions of
      lseek may return zero, so count that as an error too as a valid
      zero return is not possible here.  */
-  o = records * blocksize;
-  if (o / blocksize != records
-      || buggy_lseek_support (fdesc)
-      || lseek (fdesc, o, SEEK_CUR) <= 0)
-    {
-      while (records-- > 0)
-	{
-	  int nread;
 
-	  nread = safe_read (fdesc, buf, blocksize);
+  if (offset / blocksize != records
+      || buggy_lseek_support (fdesc)
+      || lseek (fdesc, offset, SEEK_CUR) <= 0)
+    {
+      while (records--)
+	{
+	  ssize_t nread = safe_read (fdesc, buf, blocksize);
 	  if (nread < 0)
 	    {
 	      error (0, errno, _("reading %s"), quote (file));
@@ -791,10 +793,10 @@ skip (int fdesc, char *file, uintmax_t records, size_t blocksize,
 /* Copy NREAD bytes of BUF, with no conversions.  */
 
 static void
-copy_simple (unsigned char *buf, int nread)
+copy_simple (unsigned char const *buf, int nread)
 {
   int nfree;			/* Number of unused bytes in `obuf'.  */
-  unsigned char *start = buf; /* First uncopied char in BUF.  */
+  const unsigned char *start = buf; /* First uncopied char in BUF.  */
 
   do
     {
@@ -818,7 +820,7 @@ copy_simple (unsigned char *buf, int nread)
    replacing the newline with trailing spaces).  */
 
 static void
-copy_with_block (unsigned char *buf, size_t nread)
+copy_with_block (unsigned char const *buf, size_t nread)
 {
   size_t i;
 
@@ -850,7 +852,7 @@ copy_with_block (unsigned char *buf, size_t nread)
    with a newline).  */
 
 static void
-copy_with_unblock (unsigned char *buf, size_t nread)
+copy_with_unblock (unsigned char const *buf, size_t nread)
 {
   size_t i;
   unsigned char c;
@@ -890,7 +892,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
   unsigned char *ibuf, *bufstart; /* Input buffer. */
   unsigned char *real_buf;	  /* real buffer address before alignment */
   unsigned char *real_obuf;
-  int nread;			/* Bytes read in the current block. */
+  ssize_t nread;		/* Bytes read in the current block. */
   int exit_status = 0;
   size_t page_size = getpagesize ();
   size_t n_bytes_read;
@@ -935,7 +937,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
   if (skip_records != 0)
     skip (STDIN_FILENO, input_file, skip_records, input_blocksize, ibuf);
 
-  if (seek_record != 0)
+  if (seek_records != 0)
     {
       /* FIXME: this loses for
 	 % ./dd if=dd seek=1 |:
@@ -944,8 +946,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
 	 0+0 records out
 	 */
 
-	 skip (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, seek_record, output_blocksize,
-	       obuf);
+      skip (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, seek_records, output_blocksize, obuf);
     }
 
   if (max_records == 0)
@@ -990,7 +991,7 @@ dd_copy (void)
 	    }
 	}
 
-      n_bytes_read = (size_t) nread;
+      n_bytes_read = nread;
 
       if (n_bytes_read < input_blocksize)
 	{
@@ -1138,27 +1139,41 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       mode_t perms = S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH;
       int opts
 	= (O_CREAT
-	   | (seek_record || (conversions_mask & C_NOTRUNC) ? 0 : O_TRUNC));
+	   | (seek_records || (conversions_mask & C_NOTRUNC) ? 0 : O_TRUNC));
 
       /* Open the output file with *read* access only if we might
 	 need to read to satisfy a `seek=' request.  If we can't read
 	 the file, go ahead with write-only access; it might work.  */
-      if ((! seek_record
+      if ((! seek_records
 	   || open_fd (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, O_RDWR | opts, perms) < 0)
 	  && open_fd (STDOUT_FILENO, output_file, O_WRONLY | opts, perms) < 0)
 	error (1, errno, _("opening %s"), quote (output_file));
+
 #if HAVE_FTRUNCATE
-      if (seek_record != 0 && !(conversions_mask & C_NOTRUNC))
+      if (seek_records != 0 && !(conversions_mask & C_NOTRUNC))
 	{
-	  off_t o = seek_record * output_blocksize;
-	  if (o / output_blocksize != seek_record)
+	  struct stat stdout_stat;
+	  off_t o = seek_records * output_blocksize;
+	  if (o / output_blocksize != seek_records)
 	    error (1, 0, _("file offset out of range"));
-	  if (ftruncate (STDOUT_FILENO, o) < 0)
+
+	  if (fstat (STDOUT_FILENO, &stdout_stat) != 0)
+	    error (1, errno, _("cannot fstat %s"), quote (output_file));
+
+	  /* Complain only when ftruncate fails on a regular file, a
+	     directory, or a shared memory object, as the 2000-08
+	     POSIX draft specifies ftruncate's behavior only for these
+	     file types.  For example, do not complain when Linux 2.4
+	     ftruncate fails on /dev/fd0.  */
+	  if (ftruncate (STDOUT_FILENO, o) != 0
+	      && (S_ISREG (stdout_stat.st_mode)
+		  || S_ISDIR (stdout_stat.st_mode)
+		  || S_TYPEISSHM (stdout_stat.st_mode)))
 	    {
 	      char buf[LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE + 1];
-	      error (1, errno, _("advancing past %s blocks in output file %s"),
-				 human_readable (seek_record, buf, 1, 1),
-				 quote (output_file));
+	      error (1, errno, _("advancing past %s bytes in output file %s"),
+		     human_readable (o, buf, 1, 1),
+		     quote (output_file));
 	    }
 	}
 #endif

src/df.c

@@ -149,19 +149,19 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
 static void
 print_header (void)
 {
-  printf ("Filesystem ");
+  printf (_("Filesystem "));
 
   if (print_type)
-    printf ("   Type");
+    printf (_("   Type"));
   else
     printf ("       ");
 
   if (inode_format)
-    printf ("    Inodes   IUsed   IFree IUse%%");
+    printf (_("    Inodes   IUsed   IFree IUse%%"));
   else if (output_block_size < 0)
-    printf ("    Size  Used Avail Use%%");
+    printf (_("    Size  Used Avail Use%%"));
   else if (posix_format)
-    printf (" %4d-blocks      Used Available Capacity", output_block_size);
+    printf (_(" %4d-blocks      Used Available Capacity"), output_block_size);
   else
     {
       char buf[LONGEST_HUMAN_READABLE + 1];
@@ -172,10 +172,10 @@ print_header (void)
       if (3 <= plen && strncmp (p + plen - 3, ".0", 2) == 0)
 	strcpy (p + plen - 3, p + plen - 1);
 
-      printf (" %4s-blocks      Used Available Use%%", p);
+      printf (_(" %4s-blocks      Used Available Use%%"), p);
     }
 
-  printf (" Mounted on\n");
+  printf (_(" Mounted on\n"));
 }
 
 /* If FSTYPE is a type of filesystem that should be listed,
@@ -612,7 +612,9 @@ show_point (const char *point, const struct stat *statp)
 	    }
       }
 
-    if (best_match && !STREQ (best_match->me_type, "lofs"))
+    if (best_match && !STREQ (best_match->me_type, "lofs")
+	&& stat (best_match->me_mountdir, &disk_stats) == 0
+	&& disk_stats.st_dev == statp->st_dev)
       {
 	me = best_match;
 	goto show_me;

src/dirname.c

@@ -24,7 +24,9 @@
 #include "system.h"
 #include "long-options.h"
 #include "error.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
 #include "closeout.h"
+#include "xalloc.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
 #define PROGRAM_NAME "dirname"
@@ -64,8 +66,8 @@ output `.' (meaning the current directory).\n\
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  register char *path;
-  register char *slash;
+  const char *result;
+  size_t len;
 
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
@@ -91,20 +93,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  path = argv[1];
-  strip_trailing_slashes (path);
-
-  slash = strrchr (path, '/');
-  if (slash == NULL)
-    path = (char *) ".";
-  else
-    {
-      /* Remove any trailing slashes and final element. */
-      while (slash > path && *slash == '/')
-	--slash;
-      slash[1] = 0;
-    }
-  puts (path);
+  result = dir_name (argv[1]);
+  if (result == NULL)
+    xalloc_die ();
+  puts (result);
+  free (result);
 
   exit (0);
 }

src/du.c

@@ -520,6 +520,8 @@ count_entry (const char *ent, int top, dev_t last_dev, int depth)
 
       dir_dev = stat_buf.st_dev;
 
+      /* Return `0' here, not SIZE, since the SIZE bytes
+	 would reside in the new filesystem.  */
       if (opt_one_file_system && !top && last_dev != dir_dev)
 	return 0;		/* Don't enter a new file system.  */
 
@@ -553,7 +555,9 @@ count_entry (const char *ent, int top, dev_t last_dev, int depth)
 	  if (cwd)
 	    free_cwd (cwd);
 	  exit_status = 1;
-	  return 0;
+	  /* Do return SIZE, here, since even though we can't chdir into ENT,
+	     we *can* count the blocks used by its directory entry.  */
+	  return opt_separate_dirs ? 0 : size;
 	}
 
       name_space = savedir (".", stat_buf.st_size);
@@ -562,7 +566,8 @@ count_entry (const char *ent, int top, dev_t last_dev, int depth)
 	  error (0, errno, "%s", quote (path->text));
 	  pop_dir (cwd, path->text);
 	  exit_status = 1;
-	  return 0;
+	  /* Do count the SIZE bytes.  */
+	  return opt_separate_dirs ? 0 : size;
 	}
 
       /* Remember the current path.  */

src/id.c

@@ -54,21 +54,9 @@ static void print_full_info PARAMS ((const char *username));
 /* The name this program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
-/* If nonzero, output only the group ID(s). -g */
-static int just_group = 0;
-
 /* If nonzero, output user/group name instead of ID number. -n */
 static int use_name = 0;
 
-/* If nonzero, output real UID/GID instead of default effective UID/GID. -r */
-static int use_real = 0;
-
-/* If nonzero, output only the user ID(s). -u */
-static int just_user = 0;
-
-/* If nonzero, output only the supplementary groups. -G */
-static int just_group_list = 0;
-
 /* The real and effective IDs of the user to print. */
 static uid_t ruid, euid;
 static gid_t rgid, egid;
@@ -101,11 +89,11 @@ usage (int status)
 Print information for USERNAME, or the current user.\n\
 \n\
   -a              ignore, for compatibility with other versions\n\
-  -g, --group     print only the group ID\n\
-  -G, --groups    print only the supplementary groups\n\
+  -g, --group     print only the effective group ID\n\
+  -G, --groups    print all group IDs\n\
   -n, --name      print a name instead of a number, for -ugG\n\
-  -r, --real      print the real ID instead of effective ID, for -ugG\n\
-  -u, --user      print only the user ID\n\
+  -r, --real      print the real ID instead of the effective ID, with -ugG\n\
+  -u, --user      print only the effective user ID\n\
       --help      display this help and exit\n\
       --version   output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
@@ -121,6 +109,15 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   int optc;
 
+  /* If nonzero, output the list of all group IDs. -G */
+  int just_group_list = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output only the group ID(s). -g */
+  int just_group = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output real UID/GID instead of default effective UID/GID. -r */
+  int use_real = 0;
+  /* If nonzero, output only the user ID(s). -u */
+  int just_user = 0;
+
   program_name = argv[0];
   setlocale (LC_ALL, "");
   bindtextdomain (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR);

src/install.c

@@ -15,50 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Copy files and set their permission modes and, if possible,
-   their owner and group.  Used similarly to `cp'; typically
-   used in Makefiles to copy programs into their destination
-   directories.  It can also be used to create the destination
-   directories and any leading directories, and to set the final
-   directory's modes.  It refuses to copy files onto themselves.
-
-   Options:
-   -g, --group=GROUP
-	Set the group ownership of the installed file or directory
-	to the group ID of GROUP (default is process's current
-	group).  GROUP may also be a numeric group ID.
-
-   -m, --mode=MODE
-	Set the permission mode for the installed file or directory
-	to MODE, which is an octal number (default is u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx).
-
-   -o, --owner=OWNER
-	If run as root, set the ownership of the installed file to
-	the user ID of OWNER (default is root).  OWNER may also be
-	a numeric user ID.
-
-   -c	No effect.  For compatibility with old Unix versions of install.
-
-   -s, --strip
-	Strip the symbol tables from installed files.
-
-   -p, --preserve-timestamps
-        Retain creation and modification timestamps when installing files.
-
-   -d, --directory
-	Create a directory and its leading directories, if they
-	do not already exist.  Set the owner, group and mode
-	as given on the command line.  Any leading directories
-	that are created are also given those attributes.
-	This is different from the SunOS 4.0 install, which gives
-	directories that it creates the default attributes.
-
-  -D
-	Like the -d option, but a file is installed, along with the directory.
-	Useful when installing into a new directory, and the install
-	process doesn't properly comprehend making directories.
-
-   David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
+/* Written by David MacKenzie <djm@gnu.ai.mit.edu> */
 
 #ifdef _AIX
  #pragma alloca
@@ -189,8 +146,8 @@ cp_option_init (struct cp_options *x)
 {
   x->copy_as_regular = 1;
   x->dereference = DEREF_ALWAYS;
-  x->unlink_dest_before_opening = 0;
-  x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open = 1;
+  x->unlink_dest_before_opening = 1;
+  x->unlink_dest_after_failed_open = 0;
 
   /* If unlink fails, try to proceed anyway.  */
   x->failed_unlink_is_fatal = 0;
@@ -226,7 +183,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   int optc;
   int errors = 0;
-  const char *symbolic_mode = NULL;
+  const char *specified_mode = NULL;
   int make_backups = 0;
   char *backup_suffix_string;
   char *version_control_string = NULL;
@@ -292,7 +249,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  group_name = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case 'm':
-	  symbolic_mode = optarg;
+	  specified_mode = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case 'o':
 	  owner_name = optarg;
@@ -316,8 +273,13 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     error (1, 0,
 	   _("the strip option may not be used when installing a directory"));
 
-  if (make_backups)
-    x.backup_type = xget_version ("backup type", version_control_string);
+  if (backup_suffix_string)
+    simple_backup_suffix = xstrdup (backup_suffix_string);
+
+  x.backup_type = (make_backups
+		   ? xget_version (_("backup type"),
+				   version_control_string)
+		   : none);
 
   n_files = argc - optind;
   file = argv + optind;
@@ -328,11 +290,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  if (symbolic_mode)
+  if (specified_mode)
     {
-      struct mode_change *change = mode_compile (symbolic_mode, 0);
+      struct mode_change *change = mode_compile (specified_mode, 0);
       if (change == MODE_INVALID)
-	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode %s"), quote (symbolic_mode));
+	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode %s"), quote (specified_mode));
       else if (change == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
 	xalloc_die ();
       mode = mode_adjust (0, change);

src/join.c

@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ static struct outlist *outlist_end = &outlist_head;
 /* Tab character separating fields; if this is NUL fields are separated
    by any nonempty string of white space, otherwise by exactly one
    tab character.  */
-static char tab;
+static unsigned char tab;
 
 /* When using getopt_long_only, no long option can start with
    a character that is a short option.  */

src/ln.c

@@ -511,6 +511,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
+  if (backup_suffix_string)
+    simple_backup_suffix = xstrdup (backup_suffix_string);
+
   backup_type = (make_backups
 		 ? xget_version (_("backup type"), version_control_string)
 		 : none);

src/ls.c

@@ -197,12 +197,26 @@ int rpl_lstat PARAMS((const char *, struct stat *));
 # define lstat(Name, Stat_buf) rpl_lstat(Name, Stat_buf)
 #endif
 
+#if defined _DIRENT_HAVE_D_TYPE || defined DTTOIF
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE 1
+# define DT_INIT(Val) = Val
+#else
+# define HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE 0
+# define DT_INIT(Val) /* empty */
+#endif
+
 enum filetype
   {
-    symbolic_link,
-    directory,
-    arg_directory,		/* Directory given as command line arg. */
-    normal			/* All others. */
+    unknown DT_INIT (DT_UNKNOWN),
+    fifo DT_INIT (DT_FIFO),
+    chardev DT_INIT (DT_CHR),
+    directory DT_INIT (DT_DIR),
+    blockdev DT_INIT (DT_BLK),
+    normal DT_INIT (DT_REG),
+    symbolic_link DT_INIT (DT_LNK),
+    sock DT_INIT (DT_SOCK),
+    arg_directory DT_INIT (2 * (DT_UNKNOWN | DT_FIFO | DT_CHR | DT_DIR | DT_BLK
+				| DT_REG | DT_LNK | DT_SOCK))
   };
 
 struct fileinfo
@@ -290,8 +304,8 @@ static int rev_cmp_version PARAMS ((const struct fileinfo *file2,
 				    const struct fileinfo *file1));
 static int decode_switches PARAMS ((int argc, char **argv));
 static int file_interesting PARAMS ((const struct dirent *next));
-static uintmax_t gobble_file PARAMS ((const char *name, int explicit_arg,
-				      const char *dirname));
+static uintmax_t gobble_file PARAMS ((const char *name, enum filetype type,
+				      int explicit_arg, const char *dirname));
 static void print_color_indicator PARAMS ((const char *name, unsigned int mode,
 					   int linkok));
 static void put_indicator PARAMS ((const struct bin_str *ind));
@@ -629,10 +643,29 @@ static int line_length;
 
 static int format_needs_stat;
 
+/* Similar to `format_needs_stat', but set if only the file type is
+   needed.  */
+
+static int format_needs_type;
+
 /* The exit status to use if we don't get any fatal errors. */
 
 static int exit_status;
 
+/* For long options that have no equivalent short option, use a
+   non-character as a pseudo short option, starting with CHAR_MAX + 1.  */
+enum
+{
+  BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION = CHAR_MAX + 1,
+  COLOR_OPTION,
+  FORMAT_OPTION,
+  INDICATOR_STYLE_OPTION,
+  QUOTING_STYLE_OPTION,
+  SHOW_CONTROL_CHARS_OPTION,
+  SORT_OPTION,
+  TIME_OPTION
+};
+
 static struct option const long_options[] =
 {
   {"all", no_argument, 0, 'a'},
@@ -655,19 +688,19 @@ static struct option const long_options[] =
   {"file-type", no_argument, 0, 'p'},
   {"si", no_argument, 0, 'H'},
   {"ignore", required_argument, 0, 'I'},
-  {"indicator-style", required_argument, 0, 14},
+  {"indicator-style", required_argument, 0, INDICATOR_STYLE_OPTION},
   {"dereference", no_argument, 0, 'L'},
   {"literal", no_argument, 0, 'N'},
   {"quote-name", no_argument, 0, 'Q'},
-  {"quoting-style", required_argument, 0, 15},
+  {"quoting-style", required_argument, 0, QUOTING_STYLE_OPTION},
   {"recursive", no_argument, 0, 'R'},
-  {"format", required_argument, 0, 12},
-  {"show-control-chars", no_argument, 0, 16},
-  {"sort", required_argument, 0, 10},
+  {"format", required_argument, 0, FORMAT_OPTION},
+  {"show-control-chars", no_argument, 0, SHOW_CONTROL_CHARS_OPTION},
+  {"sort", required_argument, 0, SORT_OPTION},
   {"tabsize", required_argument, 0, 'T'},
-  {"time", required_argument, 0, 11},
-  {"color", optional_argument, 0, 13},
-  {"block-size", required_argument, 0, 17},
+  {"time", required_argument, 0, TIME_OPTION},
+  {"color", optional_argument, 0, COLOR_OPTION},
+  {"block-size", required_argument, 0, BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION},
   {GETOPT_HELP_OPTION_DECL},
   {GETOPT_VERSION_OPTION_DECL},
   {NULL, 0, NULL, 0}
@@ -845,8 +878,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   format_needs_stat = sort_type == sort_time || sort_type == sort_size
     || format == long_format
-    || trace_links || trace_dirs || indicator_style != none
-    || print_block_size || print_inode || print_with_color;
+    || trace_links || trace_dirs || print_block_size || print_inode;
+  format_needs_type = (format_needs_stat == 0
+		       && (print_with_color || indicator_style != none));
 
   if (dired && format == long_format)
     {
@@ -864,13 +898,13 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
     dir_defaulted = 0;
   for (; i < argc; i++)
     {
-      gobble_file (argv[i], 1, "");
+      gobble_file (argv[i], unknown, 1, "");
     }
 
   if (dir_defaulted)
     {
       if (immediate_dirs)
-	gobble_file (".", 1, "");
+	gobble_file (".", directory, 1, "");
       else
 	queue_directory (".", 0);
     }
@@ -1230,20 +1264,20 @@ decode_switches (int argc, char **argv)
 	  format = one_per_line;
 	  break;
 
-	case 10:		/* --sort */
+	case SORT_OPTION:
 	  sort_type = XARGMATCH ("--sort", optarg, sort_args, sort_types);
 	  sort_type_specified = 1;
 	  break;
 
-	case 11:		/* --time */
+	case TIME_OPTION:
 	  time_type = XARGMATCH ("--time", optarg, time_args, time_types);
 	  break;
 
-	case 12:		/* --format */
+	case FORMAT_OPTION:
 	  format = XARGMATCH ("--format", optarg, format_args, format_types);
 	  break;
 
-	case 13:		/* --color */
+	case COLOR_OPTION:
 	  if (optarg)
 	    i = XARGMATCH ("--color", optarg, color_args, color_types);
 	  else
@@ -1264,24 +1298,24 @@ decode_switches (int argc, char **argv)
 	    }
 	  break;
 
-	case 14:		/* --indicator-style */
+	case INDICATOR_STYLE_OPTION:
 	  indicator_style = XARGMATCH ("--indicator-style", optarg,
 				       indicator_style_args,
 				       indicator_style_types);
 	  break;
 
-	case 15:		/* --quoting-style */
+	case QUOTING_STYLE_OPTION:
 	  set_quoting_style (NULL,
 			     XARGMATCH ("--quoting-style", optarg,
 					quoting_style_args,
 					quoting_style_vals));
 	  break;
 
-	case 16:
+	case SHOW_CONTROL_CHARS_OPTION:
 	  qmark_funny_chars = 0;
 	  break;
 
-	case 17:
+	case BLOCK_SIZE_OPTION:
 	  human_block_size (optarg, 1, &output_block_size);
 	  break;
 
@@ -1701,7 +1735,17 @@ print_dir (const char *name, const char *realname)
 
   while ((next = readdir (reading)) != NULL)
     if (file_interesting (next))
-      total_blocks += gobble_file (next->d_name, 0, name);
+      {
+	enum filetype type = unknown;
+
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
+	if (next->d_type == DT_DIR || next->d_type == DT_CHR
+	    || next->d_type == DT_BLK || next->d_type == DT_SOCK
+	    || next->d_type == DT_FIFO)
+	  type = next->d_type;
+#endif
+	total_blocks += gobble_file (next->d_name, type, 0, name);
+      }
 
   if (CLOSEDIR (reading))
     {
@@ -1812,10 +1856,10 @@ clear_files (void)
    Return the number of blocks that the file occupies.  */
 
 static uintmax_t
-gobble_file (const char *name, int explicit_arg, const char *dirname)
+gobble_file (const char *name, enum filetype type, int explicit_arg,
+	     const char *dirname)
 {
   register uintmax_t blocks;
-  register int val;
   register char *path;
 
   if (files_index == nfiles)
@@ -1829,9 +1873,11 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, int explicit_arg, const char *dirname)
   files[files_index].linkmode = 0;
   files[files_index].linkok = 0;
 
-  if (explicit_arg || format_needs_stat)
+  if (explicit_arg || format_needs_stat
+      || (format_needs_type && type == unknown))
     {
       /* `path' is the absolute pathname of this file. */
+      int val;
 
       if (name[0] == '/' || dirname[0] == 0)
 	path = (char *) name;
@@ -1841,23 +1887,9 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, int explicit_arg, const char *dirname)
 	  attach (path, dirname, name);
 	}
 
-      if (trace_links)
-	{
-	  val = stat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-	  if (val < 0)
-	    {
-	      /* Perhaps a symbolically-linked to file doesn't exist; stat
-		 the link instead. */
-	      val = lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-	    }
-	}
-      else
-	{
-	  val = lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat);
-#if USE_ACL
-	  files[files_index].have_acl = (acl (path, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL) > 4);
-#endif
-	}
+      val = (trace_links
+	     ? stat (path, &files[files_index].stat)
+	     : lstat (path, &files[files_index].stat));
 
       if (val < 0)
 	{
@@ -1866,6 +1898,12 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, int explicit_arg, const char *dirname)
 	  return 0;
 	}
 
+#if USE_ACL
+      files[files_index].have_acl =
+	(! S_ISLNK (files[files_index].stat.st_mode)
+	 && 4 < acl (path, GETACLCNT, 0, NULL));
+#endif
+
       if (S_ISLNK (files[files_index].stat.st_mode)
 	  && (explicit_arg || format == long_format || check_symlink_color))
 	{
@@ -1937,7 +1975,13 @@ gobble_file (const char *name, int explicit_arg, const char *dirname)
       }
     }
   else
-    blocks = 0;
+    {
+      files[files_index].filetype = type;
+#if HAVE_STRUCT_DIRENT_D_TYPE
+      files[files_index].stat.st_mode = DTTOIF (type);
+#endif
+      blocks = 0;
+    }
 
   files[files_index].name = xstrdup (name);
   files_index++;
@@ -2024,9 +2068,7 @@ static void
 extract_dirs_from_files (const char *dirname, int recursive)
 {
   register int i, j;
-  int dirlen;
 
-  dirlen = strlen (dirname) + 2;
   /* Queue the directories last one first, because queueing reverses the
      order.  */
   for (i = files_index - 1; i >= 0; i--)
@@ -2332,7 +2374,7 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
 
   if (full_time)
     {
-      fmt = "%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y";
+      fmt = _("%a %b %d %H:%M:%S %Y");
     }
   else
     {
@@ -2345,11 +2387,11 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
 	     Allow a 1 hour slop factor for what is considered "the future",
 	     to allow for NFS server/client clock disagreement.
 	     Show the year instead of the time of day.  */
-	  fmt = "%b %e  %Y";
+	  fmt = _("%b %e  %Y");
 	}
       else
 	{
-	  fmt = "%b %e %H:%M";
+	  fmt = _("%b %e %H:%M");
 	}
     }
 
@@ -2408,9 +2450,6 @@ print_long_format (const struct fileinfo *f)
 
   p += strlen (p);
 
-  /* Use strftime rather than ctime, because the former can produce
-     locale-dependent names for the weekday (%a) and month (%b).  */
-
   if ((when_local = localtime (&when)))
     {
       while (! (s = strftime (p, buf + bufsize - p - 1, fmt, when_local)))

src/md5.c

@@ -0,0 +1,7 @@
+#include <config.h>
+#include <stdio.h>
+#include <sys/types.h>
+#include "system.h"
+#include "checksum.h"
+
+int algorithm = ALG_MD5;

src/md5sum.c

@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-/* Compute MD5 checksum of files or strings according to the definition
-   of MD5 in RFC 1321 from April 1992.
+/* Compute MD5 or SHA1 checksum of files or strings
    Copyright (C) 1995-2000 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
 
    This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
@@ -24,16 +23,19 @@
 #include <stdio.h>
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
-#include "md5.h"
-#include "getline.h"
 #include "system.h"
+
+#include "md5.h"
+#include "sha.h"
+#include "checksum.h"
+#include "getline.h"
 #include "closeout.h"
 #include "error.h"
 
 /* The official name of this program (e.g., no `g' prefix).  */
-#define PROGRAM_NAME "md5sum"
+#define PROGRAM_NAME (algorithm == ALG_MD5 ? "md5sum" : "shasum")
 
-#define AUTHORS "Ulrich Drepper"
+#define AUTHORS "Ulrich Drepper and Scott Miller"
 
 /* Most systems do not distinguish between external and internal
    text representations.  */
@@ -58,24 +60,44 @@
 # endif
 #endif
 
-/* The minimum length of a valid digest line in a file produced
-   by `md5sum FILE' and read by `md5sum --check'.  This length does
+
+#define DIGEST_TYPE_STRING(Alg) ((Alg) == ALG_MD5 ? "MD5" : "SHA1")
+#define DIGEST_STREAM(Alg) ((Alg) == ALG_MD5 ? md5_stream : sha_stream)
+
+#define DIGEST_BITS(Alg) ((Alg) == ALG_MD5 ? 128 : 160)
+#define DIGEST_HEX_BYTES(Alg) (DIGEST_BITS (Alg) / 4)
+#define DIGEST_BIN_BYTES(Alg) (DIGEST_BITS (Alg) / 8)
+
+#define MAX_DIGEST_BIN_BYTES MAX (DIGEST_BIN_BYTES (ALG_MD5), \
+				  DIGEST_BIN_BYTES (ALG_SHA1))
+
+/* The minimum length of a valid digest line.  This length does
    not include any newline character at the end of a line.  */
-#define MIN_DIGEST_LINE_LENGTH (32 /* message digest length */ \
-				+ 2 /* blank and binary indicator */ \
-				+ 1 /* minimum filename length */ )
+#define MIN_DIGEST_LINE_LENGTH(Alg) \
+  (DIGEST_HEX_BYTES (Alg) /* length of hexadecimal message digest */ \
+   + 2 /* blank and binary indicator */ \
+   + 1 /* minimum filename length */ )
 
 /* Nonzero if any of the files read were the standard input. */
 static int have_read_stdin;
 
+/* The minimum length of a valid checksum line for the selected algorithm.  */
+static int min_digest_line_length;
+
+/* Set to the length of a digest hex string for the selected algorithm.  */
+static size_t digest_hex_bytes;
+
 /* With --check, don't generate any output.
    The exit code indicates success or failure.  */
 static int status_only = 0;
 
 /* With --check, print a message to standard error warning about each
-   improperly formatted MD5 checksum line.  */
+   improperly formatted checksum line.  */
 static int warn = 0;
 
+/* Declared and set via one of the wrapper .c files.  */
+/* int algorithm = ALG_UNSPECIFIED; */
+
 /* The name this program was run with.  */
 char *program_name;
 
@@ -103,25 +125,30 @@ usage (int status)
       printf (_("\
 Usage: %s [OPTION] [FILE]...\n\
   or:  %s [OPTION] --check [FILE]\n\
-Print or check MD5 checksums.\n\
+Print or check %s (%d-bit) checksums.\n\
 With no FILE, or when FILE is -, read standard input.\n\
 \n\
   -b, --binary            read files in binary mode (default on DOS/Windows)\n\
-  -c, --check             check MD5 sums against given list\n\
+  -c, --check             check %s sums against given list\n\
   -t, --text              read files in text mode (default)\n\
 \n\
 The following two options are useful only when verifying checksums:\n\
       --status            don't output anything, status code shows success\n\
-  -w, --warn              warn about improperly formated MD5 checksum lines\n\
+  -w, --warn              warn about improperly formated checksum lines\n\
 \n\
       --help              display this help and exit\n\
       --version           output version information and exit\n\
 \n\
-The sums are computed as described in RFC 1321.  When checking, the input\n\
+The sums are computed as described in %s.  When checking, the input\n\
 should be a former output of this program.  The default mode is to print\n\
 a line with checksum, a character indicating type (`*' for binary, ` ' for\n\
 text), and name for each FILE.\n"),
-	      program_name, program_name);
+	      program_name, program_name,
+	      DIGEST_TYPE_STRING (algorithm),
+	      DIGEST_BITS (algorithm),
+	      DIGEST_TYPE_STRING (algorithm),
+	      (algorithm == ALG_MD5 ? "RFC 1321" : "FIPS-180-1")
+	      );
       puts (_("\nReport bugs to <bug-textutils@gnu.org>."));
     }
 
@@ -140,11 +167,11 @@ split_3 (char *s, size_t s_len, unsigned char **u, int *binary, char **w)
   while (ISWHITE (s[i]))
     ++i;
 
-  /* The line must have at least 35 (36 if the first is a backslash)
-     more characters to contain correct message digest information.
-     Ignore this line if it is too short.  */
-  if (!(s_len - i >= MIN_DIGEST_LINE_LENGTH
-	|| (s[i] == '\\' && s_len - i >= 1 + MIN_DIGEST_LINE_LENGTH)))
+  /* The line must have at least `min_digest_line_length - 1' (or one more, if
+     the first is a backslash) more characters to contain correct message digest
+     information.  Ignore this line if it is too short.  */
+  if (!(s_len - i >= min_digest_line_length
+	|| (s[i] == '\\' && s_len - i >= 1 + min_digest_line_length)))
     return 1;
 
   if (s[i] == '\\')
@@ -154,10 +181,10 @@ split_3 (char *s, size_t s_len, unsigned char **u, int *binary, char **w)
     }
   *u = (unsigned char *) &s[i];
 
-  /* The first field has to be the 32-character hexadecimal
+  /* The first field has to be the n-character hexadecimal
      representation of the message digest.  If it is not followed
      immediately by a white space it's an error.  */
-  i += 32;
+  i += digest_hex_bytes;
   if (!ISWHITE (s[i]))
     return 1;
 
@@ -230,12 +257,13 @@ hex_digits (unsigned char const *s)
   return 1;
 }
 
-/* An interface to md5_stream.  Operate on FILENAME (it may be "-") and
-   put the result in *MD5_RESULT.  Return non-zero upon failure, zero
-   to indicate success.  */
+/* An interface to the function, DIGEST_STREAM, (either md5_stream or sha_stream).
+   Operate on FILENAME (it may be "-") and put the result in *BIN_RESULT.
+   Return non-zero upon failure, zero to indicate success.  */
 
 static int
-md5_file (const char *filename, int binary, unsigned char *md5_result)
+digest_file (const char *filename, int binary, unsigned char *bin_result,
+	   int (*digest_stream)(FILE *, void *))
 {
   FILE *fp;
   int err;
@@ -265,7 +293,7 @@ md5_file (const char *filename, int binary, unsigned char *md5_result)
 	}
     }
 
-  err = md5_stream (fp, md5_result);
+  err = (*digest_stream) (fp, bin_result);
   if (err)
     {
       error (0, errno, "%s", filename);
@@ -284,13 +312,13 @@ md5_file (const char *filename, int binary, unsigned char *md5_result)
 }
 
 static int
-md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
+digest_check (const char *checkfile_name, int (*digest_stream)(FILE *, void *))
 {
   FILE *checkfile_stream;
   int n_properly_formated_lines = 0;
   int n_mismatched_checksums = 0;
   int n_open_or_read_failures = 0;
-  unsigned char md5buffer[16];
+  unsigned char bin_buffer[MAX_DIGEST_BIN_BYTES];
   size_t line_number;
   char *line;
   size_t line_chars_allocated;
@@ -318,7 +346,7 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
     {
       char *filename;
       int binary;
-      unsigned char *md5num;
+      unsigned char *hex_digest;
       int err;
       int line_length;
 
@@ -336,14 +364,15 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
       if (line[line_length - 1] == '\n')
 	line[--line_length] = '\0';
 
-      err = split_3 (line, line_length, &md5num, &binary, &filename);
-      if (err || !hex_digits (md5num))
+      err = split_3 (line, line_length, &hex_digest, &binary, &filename);
+      if (err || !hex_digits (hex_digest))
 	{
 	  if (warn)
 	    {
 	      error (0, 0,
-		     _("%s: %lu: improperly formatted MD5 checksum line"),
-		     checkfile_name, (unsigned long) line_number);
+		     _("%s: %lu: improperly formatted %s checksum line"),
+		     checkfile_name, (unsigned long) line_number,
+		     DIGEST_TYPE_STRING (algorithm));
 	    }
 	}
       else
@@ -356,7 +385,7 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
 
 	  ++n_properly_formated_lines;
 
-	  fail = md5_file (filename, binary, md5buffer);
+	  fail = digest_file (filename, binary, bin_buffer, digest_stream);
 
 	  if (fail)
 	    {
@@ -369,23 +398,24 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
 	    }
 	  else
 	    {
+	      size_t digest_bin_bytes = digest_hex_bytes / 2;
 	      size_t cnt;
 	      /* Compare generated binary number with text representation
 		 in check file.  Ignore case of hex digits.  */
-	      for (cnt = 0; cnt < 16; ++cnt)
+	      for (cnt = 0; cnt < digest_bin_bytes; ++cnt)
 		{
-		  if (TOLOWER (md5num[2 * cnt]) != bin2hex[md5buffer[cnt] >> 4]
-		      || (TOLOWER (md5num[2 * cnt + 1])
-			  != (bin2hex[md5buffer[cnt] & 0xf])))
+		  if (TOLOWER (hex_digest[2 * cnt]) != bin2hex[bin_buffer[cnt] >> 4]
+		      || (TOLOWER (hex_digest[2 * cnt + 1])
+			  != (bin2hex[bin_buffer[cnt] & 0xf])))
 		    break;
 		}
-	      if (cnt != 16)
+	      if (cnt != digest_bin_bytes)
 		++n_mismatched_checksums;
 
 	      if (!status_only)
 		{
 		  printf ("%s: %s\n", filename,
-			  (cnt != 16 ? _("FAILED") : _("OK")));
+			  (cnt != digest_bin_bytes ? _("FAILED") : _("OK")));
 		  fflush (stdout);
 		}
 	    }
@@ -411,8 +441,8 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
   if (n_properly_formated_lines == 0)
     {
       /* Warn if no tests are found.  */
-      error (0, 0, _("%s: no properly formatted MD5 checksum lines found"),
-	     checkfile_name);
+      error (0, 0, _("%s: no properly formatted %s checksum lines found"),
+	     checkfile_name, DIGEST_TYPE_STRING (algorithm));
     }
   else
     {
@@ -448,7 +478,7 @@ md5_check (const char *checkfile_name)
 int
 main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
-  unsigned char md5buffer[16];
+  unsigned char bin_buffer[MAX_DIGEST_BIN_BYTES];
   int do_check = 0;
   int opt;
   char **string = NULL;
@@ -513,6 +543,9 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	usage (EXIT_FAILURE);
       }
 
+  min_digest_line_length = MIN_DIGEST_LINE_LENGTH (algorithm);
+  digest_hex_bytes = DIGEST_HEX_BYTES (algorithm);
+
   if (file_type_specified && do_check)
     {
       error (0, 0, _("the --binary and --text options are meaningless when \
@@ -553,10 +586,13 @@ verifying checksums"));
       for (i = 0; i < n_strings; ++i)
 	{
 	  size_t cnt;
-	  md5_buffer (string[i], strlen (string[i]), md5buffer);
+	  if (algorithm == ALG_MD5)
+	    md5_buffer (string[i], strlen (string[i]), bin_buffer);
+	  else
+	    sha_buffer (string[i], strlen (string[i]), bin_buffer);
 
-	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < 16; ++cnt)
-	    printf ("%02x", md5buffer[cnt]);
+	  for (cnt = 0; cnt < (digest_hex_bytes / 2); ++cnt)
+	    printf ("%02x", bin_buffer[cnt]);
 
 	  printf ("  \"%s\"\n", string[i]);
 	}
@@ -570,7 +606,8 @@ verifying checksums"));
 	  usage (EXIT_FAILURE);
 	}
 
-      err = md5_check ((optind == argc) ? "-" : argv[optind]);
+      err = digest_check ((optind == argc) ? "-" : argv[optind],
+			  DIGEST_STREAM (algorithm));
     }
   else
     {
@@ -582,7 +619,8 @@ verifying checksums"));
 	  int fail;
 	  char *file = argv[optind];
 
-	  fail = md5_file (file, binary, md5buffer);
+	  fail = digest_file (file, binary, bin_buffer,
+			      DIGEST_STREAM (algorithm));
 	  err |= fail;
 	  if (!fail)
 	    {
@@ -593,8 +631,8 @@ verifying checksums"));
 	      if (strchr (file, '\n') || strchr (file, '\\'))
 		putchar ('\\');
 
-	      for (i = 0; i < 16; ++i)
-		printf ("%02x", md5buffer[i]);
+	      for (i = 0; i < (digest_hex_bytes / 2); ++i)
+		printf ("%02x", bin_buffer[i]);
 
 	      putchar (' ');
 	      if (binary)

src/mkdir.c

@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
 #include <sys/types.h>
 
 #include "system.h"
+#include "dirname.h"
 #include "error.h"
 #include "makepath.h"
 #include "modechange.h"
@@ -33,6 +34,8 @@
 
 #define AUTHORS "David MacKenzie"
 
+void strip_trailing_slashes ();
+
 /* The name this program was run with. */
 char *program_name;
 
@@ -77,7 +80,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   mode_t newmode;
   mode_t parent_mode;
-  const char *symbolic_mode = NULL;
+  const char *specified_mode = NULL;
   const char *verbose_fmt_string = NULL;
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
@@ -101,7 +104,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	  create_parents = 1;
 	  break;
 	case 'm':
-	  symbolic_mode = optarg;
+	  specified_mode = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case 'v': /* --verbose  */
 	  verbose_fmt_string = _("created directory %s");
@@ -119,13 +122,19 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  newmode = S_IRWXUGO & ~ umask (0);
-  parent_mode = S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR | newmode;
-  if (symbolic_mode)
+  newmode = S_IRWXUGO;
+  {
+    mode_t umask_value = umask (0);
+    umask (umask_value);		/* Restore the old value. */
+    parent_mode = (newmode & (~ umask_value)) | S_IWUSR | S_IXUSR;
+  }
+
+  if (specified_mode)
     {
-      struct mode_change *change = mode_compile (symbolic_mode, 0);
+      struct mode_change *change = mode_compile (specified_mode, 0);
+      newmode &= ~ umask (0);
       if (change == MODE_INVALID)
-	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode %s"), quote (symbolic_mode));
+	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode %s"), quote (specified_mode));
       else if (change == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
 	xalloc_die ();
       newmode = mode_adjust (newmode, change);
@@ -134,33 +143,64 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
       int fail = 0;
+
+      /* Remove any trailing slashes.  Not removing them would lead to calling
+	 `mkdir ("dir/", mode)' for e.g., the commands `mkdir dir/' and
+	 `mkdir -p dir/', and such a call fails on NetBSD systems when `dir'
+	 doesn't already exist.  */
+      strip_trailing_slashes (argv[optind]);
+
       if (create_parents)
 	{
-	  fail = make_path (argv[optind], newmode, parent_mode,
+	  char *parents = dir_name (argv[optind]);
+	  fail = make_path (parents, parent_mode, parent_mode,
 			    -1, -1, 1, verbose_fmt_string);
+	  free (parents);
 	}
-      else
+
+      if (fail == 0)
 	{
-	  fail = mkdir (argv[optind], newmode);
+	  const char *dir = argv[optind];
+	  int dir_created;
+	  int t_errno;
+	  fail = make_dir (dir, dir, newmode, &dir_created);
+	  t_errno = errno;
 	  if (fail)
-	    error (0, errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
-		   quote (argv[optind]));
+	    {
+	      /* make_dir already gave a diagnostic.  */
+	    }
+	  else if (!create_parents && !dir_created && (t_errno = EEXIST))
+	    {
+	      /* make_dir `succeeds' when DIR already exists.
+		 In that case, mkdir must fail, unless --parents (-p)
+		 was specified.  */
+	      error (0, t_errno, _("cannot create directory %s"),
+		     quote (dir));
+	      fail = 1;
+	    }
 	  else if (verbose_fmt_string)
-	    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (argv[optind]));
+	    error (0, 0, verbose_fmt_string, quote (dir));
 
 	  /* mkdir(2) is required to honor only the file permission bits.
 	     In particular, it needn't do anything about `special' bits,
-	     so if any were set in newmode, apply them with chmod.  */
-	  if (fail == 0 && (newmode & ~S_IRWXUGO))
+	     so if any were set in newmode, apply them with chmod.
+	     This extra step is necessary in some cases when the containing
+	     directory has a default ACL.  */
+
+	  /* Set the permissions only if this directory has just
+	     been created.  */
+
+	  if (fail == 0 && specified_mode && dir_created)
 	    {
-	      fail = chmod (argv[optind], newmode);
+	      fail = chmod (dir, newmode);
 	      if (fail)
 		error (0, errno, _("cannot set permissions of directory %s"),
-		       quote (argv[optind]));
+		       quote (dir));
 	    }
 	}
 
-      errors |= fail;
+      if (fail)
+	errors = 1;
     }
 
   exit (errors);

src/mkfifo.c

@@ -15,12 +15,7 @@
    along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
    Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.  */
 
-/* Options:
-   -m, --mode=mode	Set the mode of created fifo's to MODE, which is
-			symbolic as in chmod and uses the umask as a point of
-			departure.
-
-   David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>  */
+/* David MacKenzie <djm@ai.mit.edu>  */
 
 #include <config.h>
 #include <stdio.h>
@@ -76,7 +71,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   mode_t newmode;
   struct mode_change *change;
-  const char *symbolic_mode;
+  const char *specified_mode;
   int errors = 0;
   int optc;
 
@@ -87,7 +82,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  symbolic_mode = NULL;
+  specified_mode = NULL;
 
 #ifndef S_ISFIFO
   error (4, 0, _("fifo files not supported"));
@@ -99,7 +94,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	case 0:
 	  break;
 	case 'm':
-	  symbolic_mode = optarg;
+	  specified_mode = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -114,11 +109,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
       usage (1);
     }
 
-  newmode = ((S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH)
-	     & ~ umask (0));
-  if (symbolic_mode)
+  newmode = (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH);
+  if (specified_mode)
     {
-      change = mode_compile (symbolic_mode, 0);
+      newmode &= ~ umask (0);
+      change = mode_compile (specified_mode, 0);
       if (change == MODE_INVALID)
 	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
       else if (change == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
@@ -128,11 +123,23 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   for (; optind < argc; ++optind)
     {
-      if (mkfifo (argv[optind], newmode))
-	{
-	  error (0, errno, _("cannot make fifo %s"), quote (argv[optind]));
-	  errors = 1;
-	}
+      int fail = mkfifo (argv[optind], newmode);
+      if (fail)
+	error (0, errno, _("cannot create fifo `%s'"), quote (argv[optind]));
+
+      /* If the containing directory happens to have a default ACL, chmod
+	 ensures the file mode permission bits are still set as desired.  */
+
+      if (fail == 0 && specified_mode)
+ 	{
+ 	  fail = chmod (argv[optind], newmode);
+	  if (fail)
+	    error (0, errno, _("cannot set permissions of fifo `%s'"),
+		   quote (argv[optind]));
+ 	}
+
+      if (fail)
+ 	errors = 1;
     }
 
   exit (errors);

src/mknod.c

@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 {
   mode_t newmode;
   struct mode_change *change;
-  const char *symbolic_mode;
+  const char *specified_mode;
   int optc;
   int i_major, i_minor;
   long int tmp_major, tmp_minor;
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 
   atexit (close_stdout);
 
-  symbolic_mode = NULL;
+  specified_mode = NULL;
 
   while ((optc = getopt_long (argc, argv, "m:", longopts, NULL)) != -1)
     {
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	case 0:
 	  break;
 	case 'm':
-	  symbolic_mode = optarg;
+	  specified_mode = optarg;
 	  break;
 	case_GETOPT_HELP_CHAR;
 	case_GETOPT_VERSION_CHAR (PROGRAM_NAME, AUTHORS);
@@ -117,11 +117,11 @@ main (int argc, char **argv)
 	}
     }
 
-  newmode = ((S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH)
-	     & ~ umask (0));
-  if (symbolic_mode)
+  newmode = (S_IRUSR | S_IWUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IWGRP | S_IROTH | S_IWOTH);
+  if (specified_mode)
     {
-      change = mode_compile (symbolic_mode, 0);
+      newmode &= ~ umask (0);
+      change = mode_compile (specified_mode, 0);
       if (change == MODE_INVALID)
 	error (1, 0, _("invalid mode"));
       else if (change == MODE_MEMORY_EXHAUSTED)
@@ -223,5 +223,16 @@ major and minor device numbers may not be specified for fifo files"));
       usage (1);
     }
 
+  /* Perform an explicit chmod to ensure the file mode permission bits
+     are set as specified.  This extra step is necessary in some cases
+     when the containing directory has a default ACL.  */
+
+  if (specified_mode)
+    {
+      if (chmod (argv[optind], newmode))
+        error (0, errno, _("cannot set permissions of `%s'"),
+               quote (argv[optind]));
+    }
+
   exit (0);
 }